Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Exhibit A
Proposal City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 The design, technical, and price information furnished with this proposal is proprietary information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola). Such information is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used only for the evaluation of the proposal, and is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the proposal, without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions, Inc. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2025 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Motorola Solutions, Inc. 401 East Las Olas Boulevard, Suite 1600 Fort Lauderdale, FL, 33301 April 18, 2025 Director Jennifer Ramirez City of Miami GSA 1390 NW 20 Street Miami, FL 33142 Subject: APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Dear Jennifer: Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola") is pleased to have the opportunity to provide the City of Miami, FL with quality communications equipment and services. The Motorola project team has taken great care to propose a solution that will meet your needs and provide unsurpassed value. To best meet the functional and operational specifications of this solicitation, our solution includes a combination of hardware, software, and services. Specifically, this solution provides: • APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Radios & Accessories • LTE Smart Application Services and Warranty with Accidental Damage • ASTRO Core for SmartConnect LTE Roaming Enablement • Project Management & Deployment, Radio Programming, Provisioning, Training This proposal includes scope changes identified at the site walks on November 4th, 2024, as follows: • AXS Dispatch Consoles & Ancillary Equipment at Backup PSAP • MPLS Routing Equipment Additional scope changes requested by Miami PD, Miami FR & GSA as follows: • APX NEXT Police Radios - Multi -System OTAR (interoperability with other AES Encrypted OTAR Systems) - Unit Management for Officer Unit Updates to Map (LTE Smart Service) - Upgraded 1600 Vehicular chargers to Next -Gen Vehicular Chargers • APX NEXT XE Fire Radios: - Upgraded RSM's to Channel Select Knob version - Added 100 Next -Gen Vehicular Chargers • Additional Training - APX Technical Subscriber Academy Course • Automatic ISSI Switching • CAB Location for ASTRO Core MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Motorola Solutions, Inc. 401 East Las Olas Boulevard, Suite 1600 Fort Lauderdale, FL, 33301 In order to help the City of Miami to achieve the best value for the requested scope of equipment and services, we have included the following discounts as part of our offer: - $8,613,713 savings from the Sourcewell 042021-MOT Contract Discount - $2,007,409 savings from City of Miami 2000+ Unit Volume Discount - $1,735,068 savings from SmartConnect Infrastructure Discount - $1,055,287 savings from Police & Fire Legacy Radio Trade-in Discount - $490,278 savings from Training and Deployment Discount - $400,000 savings from 7-Year Subscriptions & Maintenance Commitment - $359,986 savings from Automatic ISSI Switching & CAB Location Discount - $14.6M in total savings to the City of Miami The products and services shall be provided under the terms and conditions of the Sourcewell 042021-MOT and the applicable Motorola Solutions Customer Agreement (MCA). The City of Miami may accept the proposal by signing the MCA and executing Lease Purchase Agreement # 25668. This proposal and the respective Lease Purchase Agreement #25668 shall remain valid and rate -locked until June 17t", 2025. Any questions can be directed to your Motorola Area Sales Manager, Josh Trifiletti, at 954-736-9056 or jtrif@motorolasolutions.com. We thank you for the opportunity to furnish the City of Miami with "best in class" solutions and we hope to strengthen our relationship by implementing this project. Our goal is to provide you with the best products and services available in the communications industry. Sincerely, Motorola Solutions, Inc. Danny Sanchez Territory Vice President City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Table of Contents Section 1 ASTRO 25 Technology System Description 1-1 1.1 Overview 1-1 1.2 Solution Components 1-2 1.2.1 ASTRO 25 Core 1-2 1.2.2 APX NEXT Radios 1-2 1.2.3 System Key 1-2 1.2.4 ISSI 1-2 1.2.5 Connectivity Service 1-2 1.2.6 SmartConnect and Foreign Radio Registration 1-3 1.2.7 Patching 1-4 1.2.8 Talkgroups 1-5 1.3 Assumptions 1-5 Section 2 Subscriber Description 2-1 2.1 APX NEXT Portable Radio 2-1 2.1.1 APX NEXT Portable Radio Single -Band 2-1 2.1.2 Xtreme Voice Plus Remote Speaker Microphone — XVP830 2-2 2.1.3 APX NEXT XE 2-2 2.1.4 Xtreme Voice Remote Speaker Microphone — XVE500 2-4 2.2 SMART Application Services 2-4 2.2.1 Managing and Provisioning Devices 2-4 2.2.2 Evolving with Updates and Upgrades 2-5 2.2.3 SmartProgramming Application Service 2-6 2.2.4 Securing Communications 2-7 2.2.5 SmartConnect Application Service 2-7 2.2.6 SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware 2-8 2.2.7 SmartMapping Application Service 2-8 2.2.8 SmartMessaging 2-9 2.2.9 Smartlncident 2-10 2.2.10 Advanced Device Management Services w/ Warranty & Accidental Coverage 2-10 Section 3 Equipment List 3-1 3.1 APX NEXT Police Portable Radios 3-1 3.2 APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Radio 3-2 3.3 Viavi CX300 Service Monitor 3-3 Section 4 Statement of Work 4-1 Table of Contents © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 4.1 APX Next Initial Programming 4-1 4.1.1 Discovery Session 4-1 4.1.2 Account & Tool Setup 4-2 4.1.3 Codeplug Conversion 4-3 4.1.4 APX Next Application Setup 4-3 4.1.5 ASTRO 25 Provisioning 4-4 4.1.6 Programming and Verification 4-4 4.1.7 Follow Up Training and Resources 4-5 4.2 SmartLocate with Aware Enablement 4-6 4.2.1 Project Roles 4-6 4.2.2 Project Documentation 4-7 4.2.3 Project Initiation 4-7 4.2.4 ASTRO Infrastructure Preparation 4-8 4.2.5 Data Collection and Planning Session 4-8 4.2.6 APX NEXT Provisioning 4-9 4.2.7 CommandCentral Aware Geospatial Mapping Configuration 4-9 4.2.8 CommandCentral Aware Agency, User, and Device Setup 4-10 4.2.9 CommandCentral Aware Client 4-10 4.2.10 Operational Demonstration 4-11 4.2.11 CommandCentral Aware Training 4-11 4.2.12 Project Finalization and Handover to Support 4-12 4.3 SmartConnect Enablement 4-13 4.3.1 Project Roles 4-13 4.3.2 Project Documentation 4-14 4.3.3 Initiation 4-14 4.3.4 Data Collection and Planning Session 4-15 4.3.5 Domain and Device Setup 4-15 4.3.6 SmartConnect Gateway Configuration 4-16 4.3.7 ASTRO Infrastructure Preparation 4-16 4.3.8 ASTRO System Configuration 4-17 4.3.9 Subscriber Provisioning 4-17 4.3.10 Operational Demonstration 4-18 4.3.11 SmartConnect training 4-18 4.3.12 Project Finalization and Handover to Support 4-19 4.4 ASTRO 25 Infrastructure 4-19 Section 5 ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work 5-1 5.1 Overview 5-1 5.2 Prerequisites 5-2 5.3 Product and Installation 5-2 5.3.1 Scope 5-2 5.3.2 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities 5-2 5.3.3 Customer Responsibilities 5-3 Table of Contents © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 5.3.4 Availability Goals 5-4 5.3.4.1 Service Level Availability Objectives 5-4 5.3.4.2 Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times 5-7 5.3.5 ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Sites and Equipment 5-8 5.4 Availability Reports 5-8 5.4.1 Description of Service 5-8 5.4.2 Scope 5-8 5.4.3 Inclusions 5-8 5.4.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities 5-8 5.4.5 Limitations and Exclusions 5-9 5.4.6 Customer Responsibilities 5-9 5.5 Backhaul Event Monitoring 5-9 5.5.1 Description of Service 5-9 5.5.2 Scope 5-9 5.5.3 Inclusions 5-9 5.5.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities 5-9 5.5.5 Limitations and Exclusions 5-10 5.5.6 Customer Responsibilities 5-10 5.6 Remote Technical Support 5-11 5.6.1 Description of Service 5-11 5.6.2 Scope 5-11 5.6.3 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities 5-11 5.6.4 Limitations and Exclusions 5-12 5.6.5 Customer Responsibilities 5-12 5.7 On -Site Response 5-12 5.7.1 Description of Service 5-12 5.7.2 Scope 5-13 5.7.3 Inclusions 5-13 5.7.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities 5-13 5.7.5 Customer Responsibilities 5-13 5.8 Software Updates 5-14 5.8.1 Description of Service 5-14 5.8.2 Scope 5-14 5.8.3 Inclusions 5-14 5.8.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities 5-15 5.8.5 Limitations and Exclusions 5-15 5.8.6 Customer Responsibilities 5-15 Section 6 Training Plan 6-1 6.1 Training Overview 6-1 6.2 Motorola Solutions Training 6-1 6.2.1 Training Delivery 6-2 6.2.2 Training Courses 6-3 Table of Contents ® MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 6.2.3 Training Tools 6-5 6.3 Proposed Training Overview for the City of Miami 6-6 6.3.1 Maintenance Technician Training Plan 6-6 6.3.2 Console Operator and Supervisor Training Plan (Police) 6-7 6.3.3 Console Operator and Supervisor Training Plan (Fire) 6-7 6.3.4 Radio User Training Plan 6-7 6.3.5 Course Descriptions for the City of Miami 6-8 6.3.5.1 ASTRO 25 IV&D System Overview 6-8 6.3.5.2 ASTRO 25 IV&D System Core Workshop 6-9 6.3.5.3 ASTRO 25 IV&D GTR8000 Repeater Site Workshop 6-10 6.3.5.4 ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Based Digital Simulcast Workshop 6-11 6.3.5.5 ASTRO 25 IV&D Secure Communications Workshop 6-12 6.3.5.6 APX CPS Programming and Template Building 6-13 6.3.5.7 APX Radio Management Workshop 6-14 6.3.5.8 CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles Workshop 6-15 6.3.5.9 CommandCentral AXS Console Supervisor 6-16 6.3.5.10 CommandCentral AXS Console Operator 6-16 6.3.5.11 APX NEXT Train -the -Trainer 6-17 6.3.5.12 APXTM Technical Subscriber Academy 6-19 Section 7 Warranty and Maintenance 7-1 7.1 Overview 7-1 7.2 Advanced Plus Services Element Descriptions 7-1 7.2.1 Network Event Monitoring 7-1 7.2.2 Remote Technical Support 7-1 7.2.3 Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement 7-1 7.2.4 Remote Security Update Service 7-2 7.2.5 On -Site Infrastructure Response 7-2 7.2.6 Annual Preventive Maintenance 7-2 7.2.7 Network Updates 7-3 7.2.8 System Upgrade Agreement (SUA) 7-3 7.2.8.1 Overview 7-3 7.2.8.2 Scope 7-3 7.2.8.3 Inclusions 7-4 7.2.8.4 Limitations and Exclusions 7-4 7.2.8.5 General Statement of Work for System Upgrades 7-6 7.2.8.6 Special Provisions 7-8 7.2.8.7 ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths 7-9 7.2.8.8 System Pricing Configuration 7-10 7.2.8.9 SUA Coverage Table 7-11 7.3 Motorola Solutions Service Delivery Ecosystem 7-12 7.3.1 Centralized Managed Support Operations 7-12 7.3.2 Field Service 7-13 Table of Contents © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 7.3.3 Repair Depot 7-13 7.3.4 Customer Support Manager 7-13 7.3.5 MyView Portal 7-13 Section 8 ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response 8-1 8.1 Solution Description 8-1 8.1.1 Solution Overview 8-1 8.1.2 Site Information 8-1 8.2 Service Description 8-2 8.2.1 Managed Detection and Response Elements 8-2 8.2.1.1 ActiveEye Security Platform 8-2 8.2.1.2 ActiveEye Managed Security Portal 8-3 8.2.1.3 ActiveEye Remote Security Sensor 8-4 8.2.1.4 Internetworking Firewall 8-5 8.2.2 Service Modules 8-6 8.2.2.1 Log Collection /Analytics 8-6 8.2.2.2 Network Detection 8-6 8.2.2.3 External Vulnerability Scanning 8-6 8.2.2.4 Endpoint Detection and Response 8-6 8.2.3 Security Operations Center Services 8-7 Section 9 ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work 9-1 9.1 Overview 9-1 9.2 Description of Service 9-1 9.2.1 Deployment Timeline and Milestones 9-1 9.2.2 General Responsibilities 9-2 9.2.2.1 Motorola Responsibilities 9-2 9.2.2.2 Customer Responsibilities 9-3 9.2.3 Service Modules 9-4 9.2.3.1 Log Analytics 9-4 9.2.3.2 Network Detection 9-5 9.2.3.3 External Vulnerability Scanning 9-5 9.2.3.4 Endpoint Detection and Response 9-6 9.3 Security Operations Center Monitoring and Support 9-7 9.3.1 Scope 9-7 9.3.2 Ongoing Security Operations Center Service Responsibilities 9-7 9.3.3 Technical Support 9-7 9.3.4 Incident Response 9-8 9.3.5 Event Response and Notification 9-9 9.3.6 Incident Priority Level Definitions and Response Times 9-10 9.3.6.1 Response Time Goals 9-11 9.3.6.2 ActiveEye Platform Availability 9-11 Table of Contents ® MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 9.3.6.3 ActiveEye Remote Security Sensor 9-11 9.4 Limitations and Exclusion 9-12 9.4.1 Service Limitations 9-12 9.4.2 Processing of Customer Data in the United States and/or other Locations 9-12 9.4.3 Customer and Third -Party Information 9-12 9.4.4 Third -Party Software and Service Providers, including Resale 9-13 Section 10 Pricing 10-1 10.1 Year 1 Price 10-1 10.2 Maintenance & Subscription Out -years 10-3 10.3 7-Year Pricing Summary 10-4 10.4 Optional Future Services 10-5 10.5 Payment Schedule 10-6 Section 11 Contractual Documentation 11-1 Section 12 Lease Purchase Agreement 12-1 Table of Contents © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement ASTRO 25 Technology System Description 1.1 Overview The City of Miami, Florida owns and operates a Harris P25 radio system for its Public Safety and City communication services. The City of Miami would like to leverage that investment to operate APX NEXT radios with SmartConnect Services. This solution will require the SmartConnect Foreign Radio Support Feature. This feature allows users who are primarily on a non -Motorola Solutions LMR system the ability to use APX NEXT subscribers to seamlessly roam between LMR and LTE Networks. This solution will also require a Motorola ASTRO 25 core site. For buildings with BDAs that have bandpass filters, the APX NEXT will still be able to access any available frequencies that are not filtered from the BDA. The diagram shown in Figure 1-1 below depicts the key components required for this solution. City of Miami Harris Core Foreign System A Dispatch Al APX/APXNext on LMR ISSI - - o - - 0 Core ASTRO 25 Technology System Description City of Miami MSI Core System B Core Subscriber roams from System A's LMR coverage to LTENViFi SmartConnect Gateway (Azure Cloud) APXIAPXNext out of LMR range, now on LTE/WiFi Figure 1-1: SmartConnect Key Components. LTE site(s) or WiFi access point(s) © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 1-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 1.2 Solution Components 1.2.1 ASTRO 25 Core The proposed system consists of a primary zone core that comprises the primary site. The "master site" —where core equipment is located —provides a central point of control for the operation of the radio communication system. From the primary site, City of Miami's system administrators will have access to the hardware and software components that control call processing, network management, and system configuration. Common Server Architecture (CSA) reduces physical space and individual component requirements at the primary site by using Virtual Management Servers (VMSs) to host server applications in a Virtual Machine (VM) environment. 1.2.2 APX NEXT Radios The APX NEXT is Motorola's next -generation P25 platform, purpose-built for first responders to access and act on information while maintaining their focus in critical situations. With natural and accessible touch interface, audio optimized for high -noise environments, and extended coverage through broadband connectivity, APX NEXT delivers actionable intelligence to the point of engagement for personnel to stay connected and in control wherever the mission takes them. Equipped with broadband, LTE, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.0, and GPS capabilities, APX NEXT brings future - ready applications, services, and best -in -class connectivity to the field and control room. The APX platform's cloud -based provisioning system will allow your agency to quickly procure, provision, and update the APX NEXT fleet, reducing the downtime needed to get devices into the field and saving your support staff valuable time. 1.2.3 System Key Programming of APX Radios onto the Motorola ASTRO 25 system will require a System Key. A system key allows you to edit trunking parameters for a system. The system key is used to program subscribers. 1.2.4 ISSI The City of Miami will be responsible to provide an ISSI port from their Harris system. ISSI is a P25 standard to support first responders from different departments and jurisdictions roaming across jurisdictional boundaries. This allows the creation of regional multi -system communications network. The proposed ISSI link includes a twenty (20) simultaneous talkgroup license to be used across the interconnected system. 1.2.5 Connectivity Service Included in this proposal is an Astro Connectivity Service (ACS) from the Motorola core to the cloud for SmartConnect features. ASTRO 25 Technology System Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 1-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 1.2.6 SmartConnect and Foreign Radio Registration Motorola ASTRO 25 A.2020.1 or later includes SmartConnect functionality. ASTRO 25 Core cAiura 5mart[onnect� Gateway Radio registers with foreign unit and group ID on the ASTRO 75 (:ore Figure 1-2: SmartConnect Foreign Registrations. If an ASTRO 25 core with a connection to SmartConnect is also connected to another system via ISS18000 as shown in the above diagram, the radios home to the other system can register on SmartConnect under the following conditions: • The subscriber firmware version supports foreign radios on SmartConnect. • The SmartConnect regional deployment has been migrated to use the new SmartConnect Gateway Configuration and Provisioning Application from the legacy SmartConnect Provisioning tool. - The foreign system connection is configured in the new SmartConnect Gateway. • Configuration and Provisioning Application, as well as the specific foreign radios Ids that are allowed on the given SmartConnect tenant. The typical use case for foreign radios on SmartConnect is to support auto -roaming to SmartConnect from third -party P25 systems. It is recommended that radios coming to SmartConnect from ASTRO 25 systems have their own direct connection to SmartConnect in order to access the full feature set of SmartConnect. Foreign radios roaming onto SmartConnect support the following features: • FDMA/TDMA Group Calls. • Clear Group Calls. • Encrypted Group Calls. • P25 PTT ID. ASTRO 25 Technology System Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 1-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Emergency Group Calls. • Announcement (Multigroup) calls. • Emergency Alarm. • Status Update. • Radio Interrupts and Console Takeover. • Radio Authentication. The total traffic through the SmartConnect tenant for home and foreign radios combined should not exceed the per -system capacity. 1.2.7 Patching To establish a connection between the existing Harris core and the Motorola core, Motorola is including the components below. This addition of the Motorola Console and CCGW Gateway will allow patches to be created on the AXS Dispatch Console and any users that have roamed over to SmartConnect on LTE will be able to continue to transmit and receive audio as part of the Patch (see diagram below). • Primary Dispatch Location: - Two (2) AXS Dispatch Consoles. ■ To allow for the creation of permanent patches for talkgroups. - One (1) MCG 8000 CCGW. • To make audio possible between the City of Miami Motorola Core and the Harris UAC 4- wire. • Backup Dispatch Location: - Two (2) AXS Dispatch Consoles. • To allow for the creation of permanent patches for talkgroups. - One (1) MCG 8000 CCGW. • To make audio possible between the City of Miami Motorola Core and the Harris UAC 4- wire. Harris Console / Harris P25 Core Patch Disp 1 (L3Harris) , Disp 1 Tie -line / Disp 3 (L3H6rris) U Disp 3 Tie line , i / TCC Talkgroup Console Connections Disp 1 Jrw. I Tle-tine Harris — — — ' Conventional Disp 3 Gateway ( 4 i 71e'line Motorola conventional Gateway SmartConnect Roaming Disp 3 (Harris) Roaming over SmartConnect ! LTE via Moto Corer ISSI ISSI Connection — Motorola P25 Core Permanent Patch 1 Disp 1 (Harris) Disp 1 Tie -line Permanent Patch 2 Disp 3 (Harris) Disp 3 Tie -line Figure 1-3: Tie -lines for Patching & Simul-selecting. ASTRO 25 Technology System Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 1-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 1.2.8 Talkgroups Patching on the Harris system will not carry over to SmartConnect services. Motorola Solutions provides SmartConnect services to other public safety entities. It is important that all agencies have unique radio ID and talkgroup ID numbers. The State of Florida Radio ID communications plan provides a plan for this unique numbering scheme. Compliance to this plan is required for this solution. Patching is not standardized on the ISSI interface. Vendor implementation of patching on their P25 systems may not be supported using ISSI. 1.3 Assumptions Motorola has made several assumptions in preparing this proposal, which are noted below. Motorola will need to verify all assumptions or seek alternate solutions in the case of invalid assumptions. • The City of Miami will have responsibility for L3Harris provided solution components and their ongoing upgrades and compatibility. • L3Harris branded radios will not connect to the SmartConnect broadband functionality. • No logging recorder is included since the City of Miami will be using their existing logging recorder equipment. • No console furniture is included since the City of Miami will be using their existing console furniture. • Motorola APX NEXT radios will operate with the City of Miami L3Harris Site -on -Wheels (SOW) when deployed, and SmartConnect will work when the SOW is connected back to the City of Miami L3Harris Core. ASTRO 25 Technology System Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 1-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 2 Subscriber Description 2.1 APX NEXT Portable Radio 2.1.1 APX NEXT Portable Radio Single -Band A MASSIVE ADVANCE IN MISSION -CRITICAL VOICE AND DATA Your radio is your lifeline. APX NEXT is our next step in advancing it. It is designed to military standards for extreme ruggedness. The touchscreen works with or without gloves —in rain, dirt, and dust. Digital mics and high -power speakers deliver our best audio ever, while SmartConnect keeps you connected even beyond your P25 system. The result is a radio that works when you need it, without pause, distraction or doubt. EFFORTLESS IS ALWAYS IN REACH APX NEXT is designed for effortless usability when everything is on the line. Intuitive knobs and buttons are easily distinguished by touch. A mission -critical touchscreen makes it fast and easy to operate your radio. ViQi understands a huge range of natural language voice commands, so you can operate the radio with eyes -up awareness. Every interaction is simple, fast and logical. You stay focused on what matters —your mission and your safety. BRING NEW INTELLIGENCE TO THE POINT OF Figure 2-1: APX NEXT. ENGAGEMENT APX NEXT mission -critical apps bring new intelligence to the field. ViQi enables natural language database queries, rapidly giving vital information, and letting dispatchers stay focused on critical situations. And as part of our unique, end -to -end public safety ecosystem, APX NEXT data and operations are secure, and new capabilities can be seamlessly added as your needs evolve. UPDATE YOUR FLEET IN MINUTES, NOT MONTHS APX NEXT gives you back time: a cloud -based provisioning system prepares radios before they arrive. Remote updating keeps radios in the field, with zero touch and zero downtime. MyView Portal provides direct access to subscriptions, warranties and licenses, and a range of services helps you manage your operation. With APX NEXT, your ownership experience is streamlined, so your valuable resources stay focused and ready. Subscriber Description Figure 2-2: APX NEXT with XVP830. © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 2.1.2 Xtreme Voice Plus Remote Speaker Microphone — XVP830 The mission critical Xtreme Voice Plus (XVP830 / XVP850) Remote Speaker Microphone delivers the clearest and loudest audio communications in a sleek, compact package. Built to work as a system, the XVP RSM leverages your APXTM or APX NEXT radio audio capabilities to strengthen the most important thread of your lifeline: ultra -clear voice communications. So no matter where you are or how you speak, you can be confident that, for every message, you will hear and be heard clearly. In dynamic, high -stakes conditions, nothing outperforms the immediacy of voice communications. To be most effective, experience optimal audio performance with the XVP RSM when compared to standard single or dual mic RSM designs. Key features: • Loudest, clearest speaker. • Multi-mic capability: four (4) high dynamic range microphones. • Advanced Windporting. • Adaptive noise suppression. • Intrinsically safe, Division 1 certified. • Enhanced ergonomic design. 2.1.3 APX NEXT XE APX NEXT XE brings usability and performance advancements to every aspect of the radio experience. Interfaces are streamlined. Workflows are accelerated. Mission -critical reliability is ensured. Moreover, the focus that keeps firefighters safe and effective in extreme environments, is protected. Mission -critical performance and best -in -class audio ensure your lifeline is there when you need it. The APX NEXT XE rugged design are purpose built for extreme environments. Exaggerated controls make it easy to operate with or without gloves. Natural interfaces —from touchscreens to voice controls —keep your focus where it matters, when it matters. Ultra -connectivity gives you public safety LTE, Bluetooth, and Wi-Fi. Moreover, new applications and services, SmartConnect and ViQi, bring new intelligence to the field. APX NEXT reduces configuration time and update cycles from months to minutes. Radios can be provisioned and updated in the cloud, and new capabilities —like video, data analytics, and Al applications —can be added as your needs evolve. • Touchscreen for better user experience is protected by toughened glass, and works in the hottest, wettest and grittiest conditions. A heavy-duty digitizer Figure 2-3: XVP830 Remote Speaker Mic. Subscriber Description Figure 2-4: APX NEXT XE display -side. © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement recognizes touches even through gloves, while rejecting false touches from water, snow, ice or debris. Moreover, with a transflective display, you are set for indoor and outdoor readability. • ViQi Voice Control uses a set of commands to enable radio operation in low or high noise environments, helping maintain eyes -up awareness. ViQi button allows for quick access to voice controls, enabling firefighters to perform actions such as changing channels, check battery status, and adjusting volume without breaking focus. • Shorter and more flexible antennas deliver great coverage in a compact form factor that will not snag on clothing or equipment, with 40% more flexibility. • Enhanced audio quality with (new high range dynamic mics, improved noise reduction, and receive volume leveling): - Two (2) high dynamic range microphones improve intelligibility with extremely loud and soft inputs and reduce noise and distortion across the range. - Adaptive audio engine includes advanced noise suppression and works in tandem with the multiple HDR microphones to reduce the effects of unpredictable background noise in loud or windy environments. The microphones feed into sophisticated algorithms, which track your voice and filter out the surrounding noise for superior intelligibility. Arranged for all-round coverage, multiple microphones ensure your voice is heard from every direction and different usage positions, even while using an SCBA mask. - Automatic Receive Volume Leveling ensures radio communications are heard at similar loudness, so there is no need to constantly adjust the volume between loud and soft talkers throughout your shift. • Enlarged full color top screen displays critical information at a glance; all of that in addition to all the LTE features. • All Band means firefighters can have VHF in the radio for on -scene talk around or interoperability with volunteer fire. • Wildland Firefighter Safety Provides situational awareness and firefighter tracking capabilities. Subscriber Description Figure 2-5: APX NEXT XE speaker -side view. © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 2.1.4 Xtreme Voice Remote Speaker Microphone — XVE500 Newest to the Xtreme Voice Remote Speaker Microphone lineup, the XVE500 is the next generation mission -critical RSM designed for optimal use with APX NEXTTM XE. Equipped with four high dynamic range mics, automatic audio leveling and noise reduction, and built in ViQi button, the XVE500 RSM delivers the clearest and loudest audio communications with easy access to radio controls and critical information. Whether you are in the heat of a fire or exposed to extreme weather conditions, the XVE500 will keep you connected to your team. This RSM was designed to withstand heat exposure of 500°F (260°C) for up to 5-minutes. Key features: • Heat resistant housing and cable. • Loudest, clearest speaker Advanced Windporting. • Four (4) High Dynamic Range (HDR) microphones. • Dedicated ViQi button. • Water and Windshielding. • New adaptive noise suppression. Figure 2-6: XVE500 Remote • Illuminated emergency button. Speaker Mic. 2.2 SMART Application Services If proposed, a host of application services will enhance the APX NEXT device's capabilities in the following ways: • Quick access to immediate, actionable intelligence via intuitive voice control. • Better coverage through automatic switching between LMR and broadband connectivity via SmartConnect. • Accurate location data over a broadband network for more informed decision making via SmartLocate. • Immediate software and security updates in the field using high-speed bandwidth and extended coverage of LTE networks via SmartProgramming. • Precise and accessible location information for field users on a modernized map interface via SmartMapping. • Seamless and discrete multimedia communications over a broadband connection via SmartMessaging. 2.2.1 Managing and Provisioning Devices APX NEXT delivers greater awareness and faster management of radio fleets with optimized provisioning, networking, and monitoring tools that transform accurate data into smarter action. These features enable dispatchers and network managers to make more informed operational decisions, keep radios in the field, and, above all, protect first responders' focus and safety. Subscriber Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Device Management Services (DMS) packages provide programming, management, and maintenance services to maximize the effectiveness of this APX NEXT solution, while reducing maintenance risk, workload, and total cost of ownership. The DMS packages are separated into tiers designed for a range of customer needs, whether the solution is self -maintained or managed by Motorola Solutions. Using Motorola Solutions' cloud based RadioCentral (RC) programming, APX NEXT supports faster provisioning and deployment to get devices in the hands of responders and out into the field. Parameters such as talk groups, interface options, and security keys can be programmed remotely within minutes. Access to RadioCentral is provided through the Device Management Service package. The Figure 2-7 below illustrates the expedited RC provisioning process of APX NEXT. Secure login is required co ass RC_ A delatdt configuration has been created no RC !or further development. RC User Eder migrates APX template nr scans oath default oonfrg codoplugs for all the cadres in their Ileet Fie iNaditsytem delinmon, xcaelcha noel, talkgroupr feast* [Template assignment view] PC User stages hatch jobs for Coofigur arioo & SN updates. RC User assigns the ASK needs to he plugged into configuration to a target the PC upstage the job. group of radios. RC Usar ecknovaedges receipt of radios vie UI and jobs are eminent Figure 2-7: APX NEXT Provisioning Process via RadioCentral. The APX NEXT out -of -the -box experience is streamlined with a few simple steps. Users will power on the device and view a boot -up animation with startup. Status bar icons on the front display indicate when a connection is made, and an update download is initiated. If the APX NEXT device is being started for the first time, a "peek -in" device management notification will indicate that the default configuration is detected. When the update download is complete, the device reboots and installs the update. When the install is complete, the device goes back to the full home screen and notifies the user that the update is complete. For Encryption and Authentication users, a KVL needs to be connected to the radio for those services. From power on to provisioning completion takes less than a minute. 2.2.2 Evolving with Updates and Upgrades APX NEXT is a future -ready platform that will evolve alongside users through updates and upgrades, delivering expanded mission -critical capabilities while keeping personnel in the field where they are needed. To this end, APX NEXT eliminates the extended downtime and shop visits often associated with device upgrades; now, software patches can be automatically installed regardless of geographic location over a broadband connection, or, if proposed, immediately pushed to the field over LTE with Motorola Solutions' SmartProgramming service. This streamlined process eliminates bottlenecks in the upgrade process and delivers important new features into users' hands. Firmware upgrades will also fit more seamlessly into workflows to avoid unnecessary disruptions. The Figure 2-8 below illustrates how feature updates are easily deployed to the entire radio fleet. Subscriber Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Login RC user securely login BC and schedule turlconf ig update jobs tor the target group or radios. Stags/Acljvale AC User stages baicb jobs for I uiigoration& updates. ASK needs to be plugged !red the PC to stag e the job. Figure 2-8: Typical Firmware and Configuration Update Process via RadioCentral. If a situation occurs where users do not have the time for an update, those updates can be delayed through a prompt until the next power cycle. This puts personnel directly in control of when updates work best for responders, especially in the chaotic environment of public safety. A snapshot of the APX NEXT device with "Install Update" prompt is shown in Figure 2-9 below. Indicate, on top l a! brwi.Luc.s a a a 129 rho% wcPaw Hn1uWq rinororpi WE. lakes 5htnsl 15s healla 60:13t9 In re device -steps .to nmedmtely „ith04.11l.110WI 'l• screen Figure 2-9: APX NEXT In -Field Update on the Device. 2.2.3 SmartProgramming Application Service Leveraging Device Managed Services (DMS) and RadioCentral provisioning capabilities, the SmartProgramming application allows radios to be updated anywhere within an agency's local LTE network coverage area. APX NEXT devices no longer need to be tied to a computer via USB cable, limited to Wi-Fi network coverage, or gated by Land Mobile Radio (LMR) bandwidth. SmartProgramming allows the APX NEXT device to take advantage of LTE broadband data speeds to pull programming jobs from RadioCentral devices in minutes. The SmartProgramming Application Service is proposed as a subscription -based model to optimize budget and scale to meet evolving needs. Subscriber Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-6 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 2.2.4 Securing Communications APX NEXT uses Motorola Solutions hardened End -to -End security to protect communications and allow only authorized units in the system to listen to transmissions. End -to -End security provides seamless protection from the device and data in transit to the cloud and the LMR system. This solution ensures each component in the system is designed and validated against ongoing threat assessments to ensure vulnerabilities are detected and remedied, while potential new vulnerabilities will be addressed with seamless security updates. This offers transparent, real-time protection and keeps critical information and infrastructure safe. CustUm9r jri Sytera -AI- — Manager s # 4 e { { 1 Protect Illte Devi oe LYE PrQtecl Communications 414 - r� firewall ASTRO System ((a)) ASTRO RNI Radio on LMR Protect L B Syslem END TO END SECURITY PROTECTION Figure 2-10: Motorola Solutions' End -to -End Security Solution. 2.2.5 SmartConnect Application Service First responders need to know that they are covered and supported with critical intelligence no matter where the mission takes them. Leveraging APX NEXT and supported devices, SmartConnect keeps users connected and maintains LMR features through a broadband connection. SmartConnect allows users to connect back into Radio System when outside of the Radio System coverage footprint via cellular on an LTE FirstNet connection. Subscriber Description 1 LMR Mvlticast Proni Firmal! ((r ,S)icgs Smart Cumin' Gnieway Enables P25.aite madam lrom:APX device$In IN rpgrod imelie ASTRO sysaern'through n trnadband mown, da:ranng a 5e! I i5 user werience. SmarICeenacl Gateway Rusted lit tho Claud Broadband 1 Coverage Figure 2-11: APX NEXT Network Elements of SmartConnect. © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 2.2.6 SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware The APX NEXT SmartLocate service enables APX NEXT portables to send accurate GPS location information of field personnel over an LTE broadband network, enabling dispatchers and other users to track units to enhance officer safety through improved situational awareness. SmartLocate enhances location information accuracy using nearby cell -towers and Wi-Fi access points. This leads to more accurate APX NEXT radio unit tracking and improved location performance when a user moves indoors or enters marginal conditions (deep street canyons, forested areas). SmartLocate is seamlessly integrated with the CommandCentral Aware application and feature location triggers such as time, distance, push -to -talk (PTT), emergency, and accelerated cadence during emergency. Dispatchers and other users are able to monitor the location of APX NEXT devices on the CommandCentral Aware client. CommandCentral Aware's consolidated, map - based, operating picture enables enhanced information sharing and informed real time decision - making. Aware's cloud -based platform enables agencies to take advantage of new capabilities as they are developed, without an intrusive upgrade experience. Updates and new features are deployed every few weeks, and users automatically get new capabilities the next time they log in. Cloud deployments also reduce the operational impact of faults and outages. This frees your staff to focus on strategic initiatives, instead of time-consuming tactical efforts, and drives greater value for public safety. Aware Client Browser ((r ,))I icg_9' f • ((or • Broadband Coverage Figure 2-12: CommandCentral Aware Cloud - based platform. 2.2.7 SmartMapping Application Service The SmartMapping application provides precise and accessible location information for field users on APX NEXT's modernized map interface, improving situational awareness and informing response. Users can see their own location and the location/status of other officers at a glance and immediately tap to communicate with these personnel. SmartMapping streamlines engagement by providing access to the application directly from the APX NEXT home screen to best support users wherever the mission takes them. Subscriber Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-8 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement ilpo II 12:30 Adrian, Lucas t..11ZSZ1zi•1e Local .y CSQ e ® .. • • • Sean Lid ConuoM, Q8000 W Sunrise Blvd, Plantaton, FL 33322 0 0 f MAP Ell i • E- MAP EMI My location 8000 West Sunrise Boulevard, Plantation, Florida 33322 X Figure 2-13: SmartMapping Widget, Map View, and Location Pop -Up Display (Left to Right). SmartMapping also provides the following capabilities for APX NEXT users: • Search for specific agency users to communicate with by using accessible, on -screen navigation and search tools. • Select map layers to get a different view of an area, including Street View, Terrain, or Satellite Image. Adapt to changing agency needs as new integrations and capabilities are introduced into the SmartMapping application. 2.2.8 SmartMessaging You rely on radio for mission critical voice, but sometimes you need more than voice to be as safe and effective as possible. SmartMessaging is a multimedia communication tool designed for public safety that runs on your APX NEXT. With SmartMessaging, quickly and securely share text messages, images, videos, and voice notes with individuals or groups on other radios. • Darr 441111111 • •.. • Seen • 6• •• • •.* • •r • •... y,•- •a.■ •*•• •a.• •ae• Sae■ •a•• •ae• aae■ e••■ • - • • . •..�. •••• •-. 6_• ••,• •-• •-• •••- • 0•;�—•- ^, above person, H •,:.e Mderypn'a badge Mf txen revoked d you make cont.( wN, tun pleas* Figure 2-14: SmartMessaging Client. Whether sending a text to stay quiet, or receiving a BOLO image from dispatch, SmartMessaging equips you for the situation with a multimedia communication toolkit, right at your fingertips. Subscriber Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-9 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 2.2.9 Smartlncident The APX NEXT CAD Interface is a CAD interface for APX NEXT to bring in real-time message to the APX NEXT platform including but not limited to: • Providing Incident Information such as incident number, location, hazards, nature of call, incident updates and associated multi -media. • Bi-directional communications which allow the officer to provide updates to the dispatcher such as status updates and emergency notifications. • Notification to the dispatcher when the Emergency Button is activated. • Personnel level tracking to CAD, with configurable location updates (dynamic location updates). F m 0 Uv1311 O Um 234 • 0.63121 K92123 WIPED 0 2103 Baker Sl A ACC Sun,.. Ur.r. * Lo9an AO312 ,tm. 01210A,conSt 12 mi S ACC Su, UW e3m. r o w U .a110M.00 00llORALS Figure 2-15: Smartlncident Client Char U1333. yrkif alalua 2.2.10 Advanced Device Management Services wl Warranty & Accidental Coverage Easy Fleet Management — Easier and quicker radio provisioning, remote software updates, and streamlined management reduce downtime and support control center staff. Motorola Solutions' Device Management Services (DMS) maximize the effectiveness of APX NEXT, reducing maintenance risk, workload, and total cost of ownership. DMS brings RadioCentral (RC) programming to APX NEXT, as well, supporting faster provisioning and deployment to get devices in the hands of responders and out into the field. Hardware Repair - Accidental Damage (Essential, Advanced, Premier) Accidental Damage coverage is an optional service for Essential and Advanced customers and is included as a standard feature in the Premier DMS offer. Accidental Damage coverage must be purchased together with, or within 90 days of, a qualifying Motorola Solutions hardware purchase. This offer reduces unexpected expenses relating to the repair of the device. Accidental Damage coverage includes all services within the Standard Hardware Repair plus coverage for Accidental Damage. Examples of items included under Accidental Damage Coverage include: • Electrical repair for failures caused by accidental water damage. • Electrical repair for accidental internal damage. • Replacement of accidentally cracked or broken housings. • Replacement of accidentally cracked or broken displays. • Replacement of accidentally cracked or broken or missing keypads/buttons. Subscriber Description © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 2-10 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Section 3 Equipment List 3.1 APX NEXT Police Portable Radios The equipment list below includes the APX NEXT Hand -Held / Portable Radio Hardware & Accessories and Year 1 SmartServices & Warranty included in this proposal for Miami Police. APX NEXT Single -Band Portable Radios Qty Single -Band Portable (7/800 MHz) P25 Trunking Phase 1 (FDMA) / Phase 2 (TDMA) Over -the -Air Rekeying (OTAR) and Multikey Multi -System OTAR AES Encryption ViQi Voice Control Unit Management— 1 Year SmartConnect - 1 Year SmartLocate - 1 Year SmartMapping - 1 Year SmartProgramming - 1 Year SmartMessaging — 1 Year Warranty w/Accidental Coverage - 7 Battery Plastic Carry Holster with 3-inch clip Spare Battery XVP830 Remote Speaker Microphone APX NEXT IMPRES 2 Single Unit Charger APX NEXT Next -Gen Vehicular Charger APX NEXT Multi -Unit Charger Spare Frequency Knob Spare Volume Knob Years a h. 1600 Imi r • 1600 1600 1600 1600 10 100 100 SmartMapping & SmartMessaging Client License's Qty SmartMapping Client SmartMessaging Client 400 400 Equipment List © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 3-1 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 3.2 APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Radio The equipment list below includes the APX NEXT XE Handheld / Portable Radio Hardware & Accessories and Year 1 SmartServices & Warranty included in this proposal for Miami Fire. Table 3-1: APX NEXT XE Equipment List APX NEXT XE All -Band Portable Radio Qty All -Band Portable (7/800MHz / VHF / UHF) Green P25 Trunking Phase 1 (FDMA) / Phase 2 (TDMA) ViQi Voice Control SmartConnect - 1 Year SmartLocate - 1 Year SmartMapping - 1 Year SmartProgramming - 1 Year SmartMessaging — 1 Year Warranty w/Accidental Coverage - 7 Years Battery Plastic Carry Holster with 3-inch clip Spare Battery XVE500 Remote Speaker Microphone APX NEXT IMPRES 2 Single Unit Charger APX NEXT Multi -Unit Charger Spare Volume Knob Spare Frequency Knob APX NEXT Next -Gen Vehicular Charger 450 • 450 450 50 40 100 100 100 • SmartMapping & SmartMessaging Client License's SmartMapping Client SmartMessaging Client 30 30 Equipment List © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 3-2 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 3.3 Viavi CX300 Service Monitor The equipment list below includes the Viavi CX300 Service Monitor & Modules. Table 3-2: Viavi CX300 Service Monitor & Modules Bench test Qty Viavi CX300 P25 Conventional P25 Phase II APX NEXT Series Auto -test / Alignment APX Series Auto -test / Alignment • Equipment List © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 3-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 4 Statement of Work 4.1 APX Next Initial Programming The Statement of Work defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer during the Initial Programming service. The initial programming process is a collaborative effort between Customer system administrators, supporting organizations (shop or MR), and Motorola Solutions. The Initial Programming service is provided remotely by a Motorola Solutions technician and involves the following steps. Table 4-1: Initial Programming Steps. Description Discovery Session Account and Tool Setup Codeplug Conversion Application Configuration ASTRO25 Provisioning Programming and Verification Additional Training Process overview and data collection. Assure technicians have the required accounts and tools. Convert existing Codeplugs to APX NEXT and configure applications. Add APX Next application configurations to Codeplug. Provision APX NEXT devices on the ASTRO System. Program APX NEXT over LTE and validate operation. Overview of available training on APX NEXT programming and support documentation. These project steps are logical groupings of related activities required to complete the project. Each step includes tasks and deliverables that both Motorola Solutions and the Customer are responsible to complete. These are described in detail within the Statement of Work. 4.1.1 Discovery Session A Motorola Solutions ST will conduct a remote discovery session with the Customer System Administrator and Customer, shop, or MR technician(s) responsible for programming subscribers. The discovery session is an opportunity to document the organizations and people who will have ongoing responsibility for subscriber programming and configuration. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Conduct a remote discovery session with representatives from the Customer and any supporting organizations such as shops or MR's. • Document the names and email addresses of the Customer System Administrator(s). • Document the names and email addresses of the technicians responsible for subscriber programming. • Identify existing codeplugs and determine which should be used for APX NEXT. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Document existing Codeplug management processes. • Identify the owners of System Keys (hardware key and/or software key) RadioCentral requires loading the system keys for all systems in the codeplug prior to scheduling a Write job to program an APX Next subscriber. • Determine who controls the Key Loader if encryption is used. The KVL must be physically connected to the APX NEXT radio to load the initial encryption keys. A KVL-4000 or KVL-5000 keyloader is required for APX NEXT. Older versions are not compatible with the APX NEXT. Customer Responsibilities • Identify required participants from the Customer's organization, shop, or MR. • Participate in the discovery session meeting. Completion Criteria • Discovery session completed. 4.1.2 Account & Tool Setup APX NEXT subscribers are programmed using RadioCentral. Access to the RadioCentral tool requires a MyView(https://myview.motorolasolutions.com) account and the installation of Radio Central on a local Windows computer. The Account and Tools Setup process is an opportunity for a Motorola Solutions ST to provide hands on training and guide the System Administrator through the account creation and RadioCentral installation process. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Conduct a remote configuration session to guide the Customer System Administrator through MyView navigation. For reference see: MN006056A01 RadioCentral User Guide on MOL or LMX. • Guide Customer Administrator through Adding Users to MyView and Assigning the User to RadioCentral agency for each of the subscriber programming technicians. For reference see: Managing RadioCentral access through MyView. • Note that MyView does not allow Customer administrators to add Motorola Solution accounts directly. To add a Motorola employee to a customer's MyView account and assign to a RadioCentral agency, email the request to onbaording@motorolasolutions.com (for urgent requests contact John Kopinski or call 800-674-4357 #7). • Guide Customer, shop, or MR technician through the RadioCentral download, installation, and login process. • Customers with existing MyView or MOL accounts would use their current Login ID and Password to log into MyView and RadioCentral. • To verify MyView Login ID or Reset Password, use https://myaccount.motorolasolutions.com or call 800-674-4357 #7. Customer Responsibilities • Create MyView user accounts and assign them to RadioCentral agency for all technicians. • Download and set up RadioCentral. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Completion Criteria • Programming technicians have installed RadioCentral, can access the tool, and are able to access the Customer's radios within RadioCentral. 4.1.3 Codeplug Conversion The APX NEXT requires a suitable codeplug for operation on the Customer's ASTRO system. As it has with all earlier versions of programmable subscribers, the codeplug encapsulates a wide variety of device configurations including subscriber features, talkgroup assignments, button assignments, and other parameters. The codeplug conversion process allows RadioCentral users to convert an existing APX codeplug to a format suitable for the APX NEXT. RadioCentral includes a conversion utility to simplify this process. However, there are some manual operations required if the source codeplug includes features not supported by the APX NEXT. The objectives of the codeplug conversion process are twofold. First, it assures that the APX NEXT has an operational codeplug. Second, it enables the Customer, MR, or shop technician to convert additional codeplugs independently. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Work with Customer to identify the existing APX codeplugs suitable for the APX NEXT subscribers. The Initial Programming service provides support for converting up to three codeplugs. • Verify that there are no errors in the source codeplugs. RadioCentral will not successfully convert Codeplugs with errors. • Guide Customer through the APX codeplug conversion process in RadioCentral. • Identify and document all required pre -conversion codeplug changes. Some APX features (e.g. OTAP) are no longer supported in the APX NEXT. These features must be disabled prior to the conversion process. Complete documentation of pre -conversion changes assures that Customers can repeat the process independently if required. • Guide Customer, shop, or MR technician through the SmartProgramming process. Customer Responsibilities • Provide APX codeplug(s) that contains the system and subscriber configuration desired for the APX NEXT. Customers may have several codeplugs (e.g. Police, Fire, EMS). • If required, create a new APX NEXT codeplug based on an existing Motorola Solutions XTL/S subscriber or another manufacturer's device. Please contact your Motorola Solution Account Executive to discuss support options for this activity. Completion Criteria • All codeplugs converted from APX to APX NEXT format. 4.1.4 APX Next Application Setup APX NEXT Applications include SmartLocate, SmartMapping, SmartConnect, ViQi Virtual Partner, and SmartMessaging. These applications require a software subscription, subscriber Codeplug Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement configuration, and a deployment project to fully deploy and configure the hosted and on -premise ASTRO components. If a software feature enablement project was procured in conjunction with the APX Next subscribers the Motorola Solutions project team will provide the specific APX Next application settings. If the APX Next subscribers were procured without an application deployment project then the technician will provide Codeplug settings suitable for demonstrating the application capability in a test environment. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Configure subscription software settings (SmartLocate, SmartConnect, SmartMapping, SmartMessaging, or ViQi, etc.). These settings are based on either the default "Out of Box" settings or, in the event that feature enablement projects were purchased with the APX NEXT, the SI Project -specified application settings. Customer Responsibilities • None. Completion Criteria • APX NEXT Application features configured in Codeplug. 4.1.5 ASTRO 25 Provisioning APX NEXT subscribers must be provisioned in the ASTRO Provisioning Manager and assigned a Unit ID in the same fashion as APX subscribers. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • No deliverables. Customer Responsibilities • Provision all APX NEXT devices using the ASTRO Provisioning Manager. • Provide APX NEXT Serial Numbers and associated Unit IDs to Motorola Solutions for use provisioning the subscription applications. Completion Criteria • APX NEXT subscribers provisioned on ASTRO System. 4.1.6 Programming and Verification Once the APX NEXT Code plug is prepared, a technician may use RadioCentral to schedule a Write job. This uses SmartProgramming to send the configuration to the APX Next over either a LTE or Wi-Fi connection. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Conduct a remote session to guide the programming technician through the SmartProgramming process. • Guide the technician through the process of loading System Keys into RadioCentral. • Guide the technician through the process of using the KVM to load encryption keys into the APX Next subscriber. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Guide the technician through the firmware version upgrade. • Guide the technician through scheduling a Write job to apply the updates to radios over LTE or Wi-Fi. • Assist with the resolution of any problems the technician encounters. Customer Responsibilities • Programming technician participates in the Programming and Verification session. • Perform all hands-on tasks such as managing hardware System Keys and KVM key loaders. • Perform all programming tasks on the local RadioCentral application using the technician's account. • Validates the subscriber operation on the local ASTRO system. Completion Criteria • APX NEXT subscriber operational on the Customer's ASTRO system. 4.1.7 Follow Up Training and Resources Motorola Solutions Initial Programming service is intended to facilitate a quick transition to the APX NEXT. For Customer, shops, or MRs that would like to learn more about the programming tools the following documentation and training classes and resources are available from Motorola Solutions Training Services: https://learning.motorolasolutions.com/: • MN005015A01 • AST0082 • AST0084 • AST4002 • AST4004 • AST4005 • AST0086 • MN006056A01 • APX NEXT: • PMLN7996A • M N 005642A01 • MN005717A01 MyView Portal User Guide Get Ready for APX NEXT APX NEXT First Steps APX NEXT Overview RadioCentral Overview RadioCentral Workshop APX NEXT Instructor's Office Hours, Prerequisites: AST4004 & AST4005 RadioCentral User Guide APX NEXT Overview I Two-way Smart Radio APX NEXT Quick Start Guide: APX NEXT User Guide: APX NEXT User Guide Out of box provisioning leaflet: APX NEXT Provisioning Leaflet • APX NEXT Programming Guide: Programming APX NEXT • ASTRO_RCOLH ASTRO RadioCentral Online Help • APX NEXT Help Desk: 800-MSI-HELP (800-674-4357) Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-5 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 4.2 SmartLocate with Aware Enablement The Statement of Work defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer during SmartLocate deployment. The deployment process is a collaborative effort between Customer system administrators, subject matter experts, and the Motorola Solutions deployment team. Deployments involve the following steps. Table 4-2: SmartLocate Deployment Steps. Description Project Initiation Data Collection & Planning APX NEXT Provisioning Mapping Configuration Agency, User, and Device Setup Operational Demonstration Training Project Finalization Formal project kickoff and planning sessions. Aware overview, provisioning planning, and data collection. Configure APX NEXT subscribers for location reporting via LTE. Configure connection to customer's ESRI/GIS system. Configure agency, users, and devices on Aware cloud platform. Demonstrate SmartLocate with Aware operation. SmartLocate with Aware operational and administrator training. Delivery of as -built documentation and hand over to support. These project steps are logical groupings of related activities required to complete the project. Each step includes tasks and deliverables that both Motorola Solutions and the Customer are responsible to complete. These are described in detail within the Statement of Work. Motorola Solutions' project manager will use the Statement of Work to guide the deployment process and coordinate the activities of all Motorola Solutions resources and teams. The project manager will also work closely with the Customer's project manager to clearly communicate the required deployment activities and schedule tasks involving Customer resources. 4.2.1 Project Roles Motorola Solutions Project Manager The Motorola Solutions Project Manager is the single point of contact with the Customer Project Manager and is responsible for scheduling and coordinating Motorola Solutions resources and task completion. The Motorola Solutions Project Manager assures the delivery of contracted components in accordance with the project schedule and is responsible for the transition of the Customer to Motorola Solutions Customer Support post deployment. Motorola Solutions Cloud Activation Team Solutions Architect (SA) Provisions CommandCentral Aware and conducts operational demonstration. Provisions initial APX NEXT location device parameters. Validates location reporting via broadband network. Performs SmartLocation demonstration. Motorola Solutions Support Motorola Solutions Support organization provides varying levels of service up to and including technical support services. Following project finalization, ongoing service will be provided by Motorola Solutions Support in accordance with the Customer Support Plan. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Customer Project Manager The Customer Project Manager is responsible for scheduling and coordinating Customer/agency resources and task completion. The Customer Project Manager works collaboratively with the Motorola Solutions PM to assure completion of Customer tasks in accordance with the project schedule. Customer System Administrator(s) Responsible for User and radio subscriber provisioning via CommandCentral Admin, ESRI GIS system access and basemap definition, and ongoing coordination with Motorola Solutions Systems Support. 4.2.2 Project Documentation The following documents are delivered during the deployment process. Some are standard product documentation and others are project specific and are produced during the project. Product Documentation CommandCentral System Administration Guide. The Administration Guide includes information about the CommandCentral Admin tool, User provisioning, and other system administration tasks. SmartLocate with Aware Configuration Document. Describes the SmartLocate with Aware configuration including APX NEXT provisioning parameters, and CommandCentral Aware configuration. It is created during the project, is used to configure and validate application and network configurations, and finalized to serve as project as -built documentation. Provided to both the Customer and the Motorola Solutions Support Team. Operational Demonstration Script. The Operational Demonstration Script provides a customer - specific procedure for validating system configuration and operation. It references the customer specifics detailed in the Configuration Document. 4.2.3 Project Initiation Project initiation occurs after procurement of SmartLocate Enablement and notice to proceed is received. During this phase the Motorola Solutions and Customer project managers are assigned, assemble their teams, and establish a working relationship. The managers jointly review the project plan, deliverables, and schedule. Each manager coordinates preparatory tasks that serve as a foundation for the specific SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware deployment activities. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Schedule a kick-off call between Customer and Motorola Solutions project managers. • Establish communications plan. • Review project work plan, schedule, and resources. • Provide standard product documentation. • CommandCentral System Administration Guide. • CommandCentral Network Connectivity Guide. • User Guide. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Customer Responsibilities • Customer project manager coordinates with agency(s) and identifies the subject matter experts, system administrators, and network administrators that will participate in the project and complete Customer tasks. • Review the Solution Description and prerequisites with customer project team. Assure that all required components are in place or initiate their procurement. • Schedule agency personnel time to participate in the deployment process. Completion Criteria • Complete when Motorola Solutions and Customer project teams are identified and deployment tasks are assigned and scheduled. 4.2.4 ASTRO Infrastructure Preparation SmartLocate does not utilize the ASTRO infrastructure so there are no infrastructure software version, ASTRO hardware components, or data capacity requirements. It is possible to obtain the location of APX subscribers via the ASTRO system and display the location on the Aware client. This type of operation requires additional equipment, software and services including IMW, Cloud Connect, IMW Connector, and an ASTRO data capacity study. These elements are not included with SmartLocate Enablement. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • This SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware project does not include any services related to the implementation of Aware functionality other than APX NEXT location over broadband. Customer Responsibilities • Determine if any additional Aware functionality is desired and work with Motorola Solutions Sales representative to define the scope and obtain a proposal. Completion Criteria • Information only. 4.2.5 Data Collection and Planning Session Motorola Solutions will conduct a remote working session with the customer System Administrators and agency user representatives to provide an overview of Aware operation, collect provisioning data, plan the Aware group and agency configurations. This activity is performed via teleconference. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Conduct a remote, one to two hour, planning session with representatives of each agency using SmartLocate. • Review CommandCentral Aware functionality and configuration options. • Document each agency's configuration, admin users, initial subscribers and users. Customer Responsibilities • Schedule planning session with representatives of each agency. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-8 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Provide Administrator, User, Subscriber, and Group information for provisioning. Completion Criteria • Planning sessions completed. 4.2.6 APX NEXT Provisioning APX NEXT subscribers must be configured to report their GPS location via a LTE network. Subscriber locations are then sent via the broadband network to CommandCentral Aware. Customers are able to monitor the location of APX NEXT devices on the CommandCentral Aware client. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Verify that location updates are received from the Customer's provisioned APX NEXT subscribers. Customer Responsibilities • Assure that APX NEXT subscribers have been provisioned on the ASTRO system. • Assure that the APX NEXT subscribers are programmed. Motorola Solutions includes Initial Programming support services with the first APX NEXT order. - Update the APX NEXT Codeplugs with the following SmartLocation parameters. - Location Enable — On. - Location Reporting — Broadband or Broadband Preferred (if Aware Mapping is part of the solution). Completion Criteria • All APX next subscribers configured to report location. 4.2.7 CommandCentral Aware Geospatial Mapping Configuration CommandCentral Aware can display Unit location data on a generic base map or on the customer's ESRI map. A single base map layer is included with SmartLocate with Aware. Aware supports multiple map layers which may be added separately. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Install and configure the connection to the Customer mapping system, (i.e. ESRI online, ESRI server, or static map layers). • Test mapping layers and links in accordance with the system Design Document. Customer Responsibilities • Provide URL and access credentials for customer's ESRI/GIS system. • Specify and publish the desired GIS map for use with SmartLocate with Aware. Completion Criteria • CommandCentral Aware browser client is able to display the Customer's ESRI map. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-9 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 4.2.8 CommandCentral Aware Agency, User, and Device Setup The Customer's Agency, Users, and Radio Subscribers must be provisioned within the CommandCentral Cloud Platform using the CommandCentral Admin tool. The provisioning process allows the Agency to define the specific capabilities and permissions of each user. Motorola Solutions will provision the Customer's current inventory of APX NEXT subscribers. The Customer will assume responsibility to provision all subsequently procured APX NEXT devices. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Use the CommandCentral Admin tool to establish the Customer and Customer's agency(s) within the CommandCentral cloud platform. This activity will be initiated during the order process. • Provision CommandCentral Aware Users, Subscribers, Groups, and layers based on the information collected during the Data Collection and Planning Session activity. • Use the CommandCentral Admin tool to provision CommandCentral Aware based on the information collected during the Data Collection and Planning Session activity: - Setup Command Central administration and user passwords. - Provision agency's Users (officers). - Provision permissions per User. - Provision agency's radio subscriber devices. - Provision User to radio subscriber. Customer Responsibilities • Identify System Administrator(s). • Assure all System Administrators complete the CommandCentral Admin training. • Use the CommandCentral Admin tool to provision all APX NEXT subscribers procured after the completion of the SmartLocate enablement project. Completion Criteria • All agencies, users and APX NEXT subscribers are provisioned. 4.2.9 CommandCentral Aware Client CommandCentral Aware is a SaaS application that is accessed via a web browser. The Client in this context consists of a workstation and web browser. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Provide URL and System Administrator credentials for accessing the Aware application. Customer Responsibilities • Provide client workstations, web browsers, and network connectivity suitable for accessing the Aware application. Completion Criteria • Aware access is available from customer client(s). Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-10 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 4.2.10 Operational Demonstration After the solution deployment, Motorola Solutions will provide an operational demonstration to the customer project manager, system administrator, and end user representatives. The objective of the functional demonstration is to validate Customer access to CommandCentral Aware via browser client and demonstrate the map display and location updates. This activity is performed via teleconference. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Facilitate a teleconference to perform an operational demonstration of the SmartLocate and Aware Mapping solution. • Demonstrate the APX NEXT subscriber location is displayed on the CommandCentral Aware web client. • Correct any configuration issues impacting access to Aware features, map display, or location updates. Customer Responsibilities • Review and agree to the scope of the demonstration script. • Participate in SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware demonstration. • Witness the operational demonstration and acknowledge its completion. • Provide Motorola Solutions with any requests for feature enhancements. Completion Criteria • Complete after successful demonstration of SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware operation. 4.2.11 CommandCentral Aware Training CommandCentral SmartLocate Administrator and User training classes are available online. Access to online CommandCentral Aware training is provided by Motorola Solutions Software Enterprise Learning Experience Portal (LXP) https://learning.motorolasolutions.com. This subscription service provides continual access to Motorola's library of online learning content and allows users the benefit of learning at times convenient to them. Content is added and updated on a regular basis to keep information current. Online training enables Users to participate in training at their convenience. • PSA4056 - CommandCentral Aware Map View Basics. • PSA0015 - CommandCentral Aware End User Training. • PSA4122 - CommandCentral Aware Cloud - Customer Administration. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Provide administrators access to the Learning Experience Portal (LXP). Customer Responsibilities • Provide Motorola Solutions with names (first and last) and emails of Customer LXP administrators. • Assure all System Administrators complete LXP Administrator training. The training covers: - Adding and maintaining Users. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-11 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement - Adding and maintaining Groups. - Assigning courses and Learning Paths. - Running reports. - Advise users of the availability of the LXP and SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware class. - Add/modify users, run reports and add/modify groups. Completion Criteria • Work is considered complete upon conclusion of Motorola Solutions provided LXP Administrator instruction. 4.2.12 Project Finalization and Handover to Support Finalization is the process of confirming that all project activities have been completed and project documentation has been delivered. During this activity Motorola Solutions transitions responsibility for SmartLocate with CommandCentral Aware from the Project Manager to the Motorola Solutions support team. The Customer's Project Manager transitions support to the System Administrator(s). Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Verify project deliverables have been received by the Customer Project Manager. • Confirm with Customer that SmartLocate with Aware is available for Customer beneficial use. • Provide the SmartLocate with Aware Configuration Document. • Conduct a teleconference introducing Customer to Motorola Solutions Support organization. The purpose of the teleconference is to review the support process and obtain contact information with the Customer's assigned system administrator(s) and the Motorola Solutions Support Team. • Provide on -going support in accordance with the terms and conditions of the support agreement. Customer Responsibilities • Provide confirmation of receipt of project deliverables with the Motorola Solutions Project Manager. • Participate in the support handover teleconference. Assure that System Administrator(s) understand the support process and have the correct contact information. Completion Criteria • Project finalization is complete upon conclusion of the teleconference with Motorola Solutions Support organization. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-12 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 4.3 SmartConnect Enablement The Statement of Work defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer during SmartConnect deployment. The deployment process is a collaborative effort between Customer system administrators, subject matter experts, and the Motorola Solutions deployment team. Deployments involve the following steps. Table 4-3: SmartConnect Deployment Steps. Description Project Initiation Domain and Device Setup SmartConnect Gateway Setup ASTRO Preparation ASTRO System Configuration Demonstration Training Project Finalization Formal project kickoff and planning sessions. Provision ASTRO subscribers on the cloud platform. Enable connection between ASTRO system and Cloud. Assure ASTRO system has the correct version and components. Load and Configure software for SmartConnect. Demonstrate SmartConnect operation. SmartConnect operational and administrator training. Delivery of as -built documentation and hand over to support. These project steps are logical groupings of related activities required to complete the project. Each step includes tasks and deliverables both Motorola Solutions and the Customer are responsible to complete. These are described in detail within the Statement of Work. Motorola Solutions' project manager will use the Statement of Work to guide the deployment process and coordinate the activities of all Motorola Solutions resources and teams. The project manager will also work closely with the Customer's project manager to clearly communicate the required deployment activities and schedule tasks involving Customer resources. 4.3.1 Project Roles Motorola Solutions Project Manager The Motorola Solutions Project Manager is the single point of contact with the Customer Project Manager and is responsible for scheduling and coordinating Motorola Solutions resources and task completion. The Motorola Solutions Project Manager assures the delivery of contracted components in accordance with the project schedule and is responsible for the transition of the Customer to Motorola Solutions Customer Support post deployment. Motorola Solutions ASTRO Field Engineer Installs and configures the ASTRO software components of the system. Configures ASTRO network components to provide connectivity to the cloud platform. Motorola Solutions Support Motorola Solutions Support organization provides varying levels of service up to and including technical support services. Following project finalization, ongoing service will be provided by Motorola Solutions Support in accordance with the Customer support plan. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-13 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Customer Project Manager The Customer Project Manager is responsible for scheduling and coordinating Customer/agency resources and task completion. The Customer Project Manager works collaboratively with the Motorola Solutions PM to assure completion of Customer tasks in accordance with the project schedule. Customer System Administrator(s) Responsible for SmartConnect User and radio subscriber provisioning via CommandCentral Admin and ongoing coordination with Motorola Solutions System Support. Customer Network Administrator Responsible for network and firewall configuration. Works with ASTRO Field Engineer to provide and verify network connectivity between the ASTRO system and the cloud platform. 4.3.2 Project Documentation The following documents are delivered during the deployment process. Some are standard product documentation and others are project specific and are produced during the project. Product Documentation CommandCentral System Administration Guide. The Administration Guide includes information about the CommandCentral Admin tool, User provisioning, and other system administration tasks. Operational Demonstration Script. The Operational Demonstration Script provides a customer - specific procedure for validating system configuration and operation. It references the customer specifics detailed in the Configuration Document. SmartConnect Configuration Document. Describes the SmartConnect configuration including LMP parameters, config changes to the UNC, a backhaul capacity report, Internet connection information for the Internetworking firewall and CommandCentral Admin parameters. It is created during the project, used to configure and validate the application and network configurations, and finalized to serve as project as -built documentation. Provided to both the Customer and the Motorola Solutions Support Team. 4.3.3 Initiation Project initiation occurs after procurement of SmartConnect deployment services and notice to proceed is received. During this phase, the Motorola Solutions and Customer project managers are assigned, assemble their teams, and establish a working relationship. The managers jointly review the project plan, deliverables, and schedule. Each manager coordinates preparatory tasks that serve as a foundation for specific deployment activities. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Schedule a kick-off call between Customer and Motorola Solutions project managers. • Establish a communications plan. • Review project work plan, schedule, and resources. • Provide standard product documentation. • CommandCentral System Administration Guide. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-14 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • CommandCentral Network Connectivity Guide. • SmartConnect User Guide. Customer Responsibilities • The customer project manager coordinates with the agency(s) and identifies the subject matter experts, system administrators, and network administrators that will participate in the project and complete Customer tasks. • Review the Solution Description and prerequisites with the customer project team. Assure that all required components are in place or initiate procurement. • Schedule agency personnel time to participate in the deployment process. Completion Criteria • Complete when Motorola Solutions and Customer project teams are identified and deployment tasks are assigned and scheduled. 4.3.4 Data Collection and Planning Session Motorola Solutions will conduct a remote working session with the customer System Administrators and agency user representatives to provide an overview of SmartConnect operation and collect provisioning data. This activity is performed via teleconference. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Conduct a remote, one to two hour, planning session with representatives of each agency using SmartConnect. • Review SmartConnect functionality and configuration options. • Document each agency's configuration, admin users, initial subscribers and users. Customer Responsibilities • Schedule planning session with representatives of each agency. • Provide Administrator, User, Subscriber, and Group information for provisioning. Completion Criteria • Planning sessions completed. 4.3.5 Domain and Device Setup The Radio Subscribers must be provisioned within the CommandCentral Cloud Platform using the Command Central Admin tool. Motorola Solutions will provision the Customer's current inventory of APX NEXT subscribers. The Customer will assume responsibility to provision all subsequently procured APX NEXT devices. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • If a SmartConnect agency has not been previously established for the ASTRO system, use the CommandCentral Admin tool to establish the Customer Domain within the CommandCentral cloud platform. This activity will be initiated during the order process. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-15 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Use the CommandCentral Admin tool to provision SmartConnect based on the information collected during the Data Collection and Planning Session activity: - Setup Command Central administration and user passwords. - Provision radio subscriber devices (radio serial number and ASTRO Unit ID). All subscriber devices on an ASTRO system are provisioned by a single CC Admin agency account. This may be performed individually or by importing the device information from a .csv file. Customer Responsibilities • Identify System Administrator(s). • Assure all System Administrators complete the CommandCentral Admin training. • Use the CommandCentral Admin tool to provision all APX NEXT subscribers procured after the completion of the SmartConnect enablement project. Completion Criteria • All agencies, users and devices are provisioned. 4.3.6 SmartConnect Gateway Configuration The SmartConnect Gateway enables the connection between the Customer's ASTRO system and the SmartConnect cloud services and broadband service. The SmartConnect Gateway must be configured to accept a connection from the ASTRO system's LMP proxy. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Enable SmartConnect Gateway service. • Generate the passphrase for the LMPs using CCAdmin. Customer Responsibilities • None. Completion Criteria • SmartConnect Gateway connection enabled. 4.3.7 ASTRO Infrastructure Preparation Operation of SmartConnect requires a minimum ASTRO infrastructure software version and specific hardware components. These elements are not included with SmartConnect and must be in place prior to SmartConnect deployment. SmartConnect requires the following ASTRO infrastructure version and equipment: • ASTRO version: 7.17 or later. • Internetworking Firewall hardware and software (shared component). • Suitable Server (VMS01/VMS02 or VMS 07). Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Review the current ASTRO system and document the availability and configuration of the components required for SmartConnect deployment. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-16 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Identify any software upgrades or additional equipment required to support SmartConnect. Customer Responsibilities • Procure ASTRO infrastructure upgrades and equipment required for SmartConnect operation. Completion Criteria • Customers ASTRO infrastructure is operational with the required software version and equipment required for SmartConnect deployment. 4.3.8 ASTRO System Configuration SmartConnect specific software components and network configurations must be added to the ASTRO System. Motorola Solutions will install and configure these items during the SmartConnect deployment. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Install LMR Multicast Proxy (LMP) VMs on the zone core servers. Enter CommandCentral Admin generated passphrase during the installation. • Cable and configure the transport (core LAN switch, DMZ switch, DMZ firewall, internetworking firewall) using TNCT. • Verify connectivity with SmartConnect Cloud Gateway via lnternetworking Firewall. • Configure NM with pseudo -site for Backup PTT using a UNC configlet for each Zone Controller and ATR in the target zone. • Assess the number of Talk Groups and Calls to determine the required backhaul capacity. Provide backhaul capacity requirements to Customer admin. Customer Responsibilities • N/A Completion Criteria • Customer ASTRO infrastructure is operational with the required software versions and configured to support SmartConnect operation. 4.3.9 Subscriber Provisioning APX subscribers must be provisioned on the customer's ASTRO system prior to operation. Subscriber provisioning must include specific parameters to enable SmartConnect operation. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Provide SmartConnect provisioning parameters (FQDN for SmartConnect GW, ports). • Provision one APX subscriber to validate the parameters. • Demonstrate the provisioning process and required parameters to customer System Administrator. Customer Responsibilities • N/A Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-17 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Completion Criteria • All subscribers covered by a SmartConnect feature subscription are provisioned with SmartConnect parameters. 4.3.10 Operational Demonstration After the solution deployment, Motorola Solutions will provide an operational demonstration to the customer project manager, system administrator, and end user representatives. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Provide the Operational Demonstration Script. • Demonstrate SmartConnect operation. Customer Responsibilities • Participate in SmartConnect demonstration. Completion Criteria • Complete after successful demonstration of SmartConnect operation. 4.3.11 SmartConnect training SmartConnect Administrator and User training classes are available online. Access to online SmartConnect training is provided by Motorola Solutions Software Enterprise Learning Experience Portal (LXP). This subscription service provides continual access to Motorola's library of online learning content and allows users the benefit of learning at times convenient to them. Content is added and updated on a regular basis to keep information current. Online training enables Users to participate in training at their convenience. The Customer's LXP Administrators use Panorama, a customer specific instance of the Learning Management System, to add/modify users, run reports, and add/modify groups, and define Learning Paths. Groups are a more granular segmentation of the LXP that are generally utilized to separate learners by function (i.e. dispatchers, call takers, patrol, and firefighter). A Learning Path is a collection of courses that follow a logical order, and may or may not enforce linear progress. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Setup Panorama and add customer specified LXP administrators. • Provide administrators access to learning services.motorolasolutions.com. Customer Responsibilities • Provide Motorola Solutions with names (first and last) and emails of Customer LXP administrators. • Assure all System Administrators complete LXP Administrator training. The training covers: - Adding and maintaining Users. - Adding and maintaining Groups. - Assigning courses and Learning Paths. - Running reports. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-18 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Advise users of the availability of the LXP and SmartConnect training class. • Add/modify users, run reports and add/modify groups. Completion Criteria • Work is considered complete upon conclusion of Motorola Solutions provided LXP Administrator instruction. 4.3.12 Project Finalization and Handover to Support Finalization is the process of confirming that all project activities have been completed and project documentation has been delivered. During this activity, Motorola Solutions will transition responsibility for SmartConnect from the Project Manager to the Motorola Solutions support team. The Customer's Project Manager will transition support to the System Administrator(s). Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Verify project deliverables have been received by the Customer Project Manager. • Confirm with Customer that SmartConnect is available for Customers beneficial use. • Provide the SmartConnect Configuration Document. • Conduct a teleconference introducing Customer to Motorola Solutions Support organization. The purpose of the teleconference is to review the SmartConnect support process and obtain contact information with the Customer's assigned system administrator(s) and the Motorola Solutions Support Team. • Provide on -going support in accordance with the terms and conditions of the support agreement. Customer Responsibilities • Provide confirmation of receipt of project deliverables with the Motorola Solutions Project Manager. • Participate in the support hand over teleconference. Assure that System Administrator(s) understand the support process and have the correct contact information. Completion Criteria • Project finalization is complete upon delivery of the final SmartConnect Configuration Document and the conclusion of the teleconference with Motorola Solutions Support organization. 4.4 ASTRO 25 Infrastructure Motorola Responsibilities Motorola's general responsibilities include the following: • Schedule the implementation in agreement with the City of Miami. • Perform the installation of the Motorola supplied equipment. • Coordinate the activities of all Motorola subcontractors under this contract. • Administer safe work procedures for installation. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-19 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Provide the City of Miami with the appropriate system interconnect specifications. • Execute Acceptance Test. City of Miami Responsibilities City of Miami will assume responsibility for the installation and performance of all other equipment and work necessary for completion of this project that is not provided by Motorola. General responsibilities for the City of Miami include the following: • Provide all buildings required for system installation. • Insure communications sites meet space, grounding, power, and connectivity requirements for the installation of all equipment. • Obtain all licensing, site access, or permitting required for project implementation. • Provide required system interconnections. • Provide system fleetmapping. • Customer will provide a dedicated delivery point, such as a warehouse, for receipt, inventory and storage of equipment prior to delivery to the site(s). • Coordinate the activities of all City of Miami vendors or other contractors. Assumptions Motorola has made several assumptions in preparing this proposal, which are noted below. In order to provide a firm quote, Motorola will need to verify all assumptions or seek alternate solutions in the case of invalid assumptions. • Site walks have not been conducted. Once site walks are conducted, this proposal may change based on the characteristics of the sites. • Any site/location upgrades or modifications are the responsibility of the customer. • Approved local, State or Federal permits as may be required for the installation and operation of the proposed equipment are the responsibility of the customer. • Any required system interconnections not specifically outlined here will be provided by the Customer. These may include dedicated phone circuits, microwave links or other types of connectivity. • No coverage guarantee or testing is included in this proposal. • All existing sites or equipment locations will have sufficient space available for the system described as required/specified by R56. • All existing sites or equipment locations will have adequate electrical power in the proper phase and voltage, HVAC and site grounding to support the requirements of the system described. • Due to significant market and tariff volatility, as well as fluctuations in the cost of energy and raw materials including, but not limited to, steel, copper, finished wood, and concrete, Motorola Solutions reserves the right to equitably adjust the contract price, completion schedule, and/or contract requirements. Additionally, Motorola Solutions reserves the right to apply a fuel surcharge to quoted freight rates based on the prevailing diesel cost at the time of shipment. Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 4-20 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 5 ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work 5.1 Overview Motorola Solutions' ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service ("Service") provides network backhaul to support the Customer's mission -critical ASTRO 25 communications. The ASTRO Connectivity Services has many design use cases. It can serve as a backhaul connection that will link ASTRO 25 core sites with ASTRO 25 remote sites and connect Motorola Cloud applications to ASTRO 25 systems. The ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service is offered and available exclusively to ASTRO 25 systems that provide Public Safety Radio Services. The service is designed specifically to enable single vendor sourcing for Motorola Solutions' ASTRO 25 systems and Motorola Solutions information -based applications, including SmartConnect, SmartLocate, Critical Connect, and other cloud -hosted applications provided by Motorola Solutions. These applications must be licensed from Motorola Solutions under a separate agreement to access and use the respective services. Motorola Solutions will provide and install equipment necessary to enable and support this Service. In addition to providing the backhaul equipment and installation services, Motorola Solutions will maintain and manage network elements required to provide the Service ("Managed Elements"). Motorola Solutions will provide these services as needed to meet the Service Availability Goals described in this SOW. Motorola Solutions and its partners deliver services as mentioned in the SOW. This Statement of Work ("SOW'), including all of its subsections and attachments is an integral part of the applicable agreement ("Agreement") between Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and the customer ("Customer"). Notwithstanding, the connectivity contemplated in the ASTRO® 25 Connectivity Service will be provided by Motorola Solutions Connectivity Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Motorola Solutions. In order to enable delivery of these connectivity services, customers must sign the Transport Connectivity Addendum ("TCA") attached to the Agreement. Any transport or connectivity will be provided by Motorola Solutions Connectivity, Inc. Motorola Solutions Connectivity, Inc. will utilize Motorola Solutions, Inc. as its billing and collection agent and Customer expressly agrees that invoices for services provided by Motorola Solutions Connectivity, Inc. may appear on invoices issued by Motorola Solutions, Inc. Charges for Motorola Solutions Connectivity, Inc. services that appear on invoices issued by Motorola Solutions, Inc. shall be paid to Motorola Solutions, Inc. and are fully satisfied under the billing and payment terms of the Motorola Solutions, Inc. Service Agreement. In order to receive the services as defined within this SOW, the Customer is required to keep the ASTRO 25 system within a standard support period as described in Motorola Solutions' Software Support Policy ("SwSP"). ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 5.2 Prerequisites To connect the Customer's on -premises ASTRO 25 infrastructure sites and cores and receive the full scope of ACS services, the Customer is required to have an ASTRO 25 infrastructure service package. Without the infrastructure services packages, some ACS services may be limited. The Service is integrated with the Customer's ASTRO 25 infrastructure service package as a supplemental service when purchased. The ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service to the Customer's ASTRO 25 infrastructure sites and core may terminate upon the Customer canceling its ASTRO 25 service package. The ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service does not require separate service packages to support cloud - hosted applications like CirrusCentral Management. The Cloud applications utilizing ACS will have their own SOW (e.g., APX Next, SmartConnect, Cirrus, Critical Connect, etc.) as a part of their Software Services Subscriptions. 5.3 Product and Installation 5.3.1 Scope Motorola Solutions will provide and manage connectivity service between the Customer's ASTRO 25 core sites and the ASTRO 25 remote sites, cloud data centers, or hosted data centers noted in Section 5.3.5: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Sites and Equipment. 5.3.2 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities Motorola Solutions will fulfill the following responsibilities to provide the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service: • Provide Managed Elements noted in Section 5.3.5 ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Sites and Equipment to establish connectivity between the Customer -provided equipment and wiring for sites noted in the same table. Such Managed Elements are included in the service pricing for installation and setup and are determined by Motorola Solutions. Motorola Solutions will retain managed Elements used for service delivery. • Perform a site survey prior to installation to assess that all the conditions for a proper site installation can be met, including, but not limited to the presence of network facilities necessary to provide the necessary connectivity. Motorola Solutions will note any variations of the site that would affect the hardware specifications or estimated labor involved for a standard installation. If the site survey indicates a non-standard installation (for example, the need for construction of "last mile" network facilities), then a mutually agreed change order may be required. • It is assumed that in the building, LTE coverage is adequate at the installation site. If, during installation, it is determined the in -building LTE coverage is not adequate for service, then a mutually agreed change order may be required for external antenna installation. • Standard Demarc — Motorola will install cable between the Local Exchange Carrier Minimum Point of Entry (MPOE) and the Managed Elements located within the customer ASTRO infrastructure. Motorola will install the demarc standard — which includes one service call, up to two (2) total hours of on -site labor, and installation of one (1) cat 3, 5, or 5e cable drop up to 150-feet (vertical length up to 12-feet), connectors, ty-wraps, jacks, face plates, and cable. A ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement mutually agreed change order may be required if the site survey indicates a non-standard extended demarc (for example, the need for cable through walls over 150-feet or multiple floors). • Install equipment supplied by Motorola Solutions. Installation period is within 45-business days from when Motorola Solutions and Customer execute the Agreement and related addendum or addenda. • When available and approved by the Customer in writing, Motorola Solutions may use Customer -owned or Customer -managed resources at no additional cost to Motorola Solutions. The customer is solely responsible for maintaining and replacing such resources, and Motorola Solutions bears no responsibility for such resources. Motorola Solutions is further not responsible for any failures in such resources. • Cooperate with the Customer to schedule the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service implementation. • Coordinate the activities of any Motorola Solutions subcontractors necessary to provide this service. • Administer safe work procedures for installation. • Assist the Customer with operating and using the system during cutover. • Motorola Solutions may, in its sole discretion, choose to modify the backhaul design. These changes will result in equivalent or improved capacity, cost, reliability, or availability. 5.3.3 Customer Responsibilities The Customer will fulfill the following responsibilities to provide the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service: • Provide buildings, equipment shelters, and towers required for system installation, including building sites for backhaul equipment. • Ensure communications sites meet space, grounding, power, and connectivity requirements for equipment installation. • Obtain all licensing, site access, or permitting required for project implementation. • Provide a dedicated delivery point, such as a warehouse, for receipt, inventory, and storage of equipment prior to delivery to the site(s) if requested by Motorola Solutions. • Ensure existing sites or equipment locations have sufficient space available for the system, as specified by Motorola's R56 Standards and Guidelines for Communication. • Ensure that existing sites or equipment locations have adequate electrical power in the proper phase, in the proper voltage, and with necessary site grounding to support the requirements of the equipment provided with the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service. • Perform any location upgrades or modifications. • Obtain and maintain approved local, State, or Federal permits necessary for installing and operating the proposed equipment. • Provide any required system interconnections not specifically included in the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service. Links provided by the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service are outlined in Section 5.3.5: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Sites and Equipment. • Install demarcation equipment, air conditioning, and other equipment that is not provided by Motorola Solutions and is necessary to support the project. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Perform work necessary to complete the project outside the scope of the installation services provided by Motorola Solutions. • If Motorola Solutions' design requires wireless backup and out -of -band ("OOB") monitoring, Motorola Solutions may provide a wireless modem at the Customer location for OOB monitoring for Motorola Solutions Managed Elements. The Customer shall provide access and accommodations to install the modem. • The Customer will notify Motorola Solutions of any maintenance that may affect the operating status of the Managed Elements using a Customer Maintenance Change Management Request via the Customer Hub. Examples of maintenance activities include powering down the site, a Motorola Solutions' Managed Element, or a third -party Network Terminating Unit, or resetting, recabling, or moving equipment components. • If a Motorola Solutions representative visits the Customer Site or works remotely, at the Customer's request, to investigate an issue with the Service, and the Motorola Solutions representative determines the Service is functioning correctly or is prevented from resolving the issue because the Customer did not provide access or reasonable assistance, the Customer will be charged at published or negotiated time and material rates. • If Motorola Solutions agrees to manage any of the Customer's equipment components and determines that those components need to be upgraded before Motorola Solutions can manage them, the Customer will need to perform any upgrades required to support Motorola Solutions' management. Potential upgrades that might be necessary include upgrades for Managed Elements Enhanced Features, end -of -life conditions, and the like. Motorola Solutions will manage those Customer equipment components after the necessary upgrade is complete. • Upon Motorola Solutions' request, the Customer or designated field service technician will reboot the Managed Elements, provide the LED light statuses of the third -party provider Network Terminating Unit where applicable, verify equipment power, verify that cables are securely connected, and insert a loopback plug. 5.3.4 Availability Goals 5.3.4.1 Service Level Availability Objectives Motorola Solutions' ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service includes service level goals, calculated using a standard formula described below. Availability calculations include only active network sites during the reporting period. Inactive mobile sites are not factored into availability calculations. Motorola Solutions will monitor service availability 24-hours a day, seven days a week. Availability Calculation For the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service, Motorola Solutions will provide the Customer with availability metrics for active sites. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service availability is the percentage of time that the circuit is available within a given calendar month. Motorola Solutions will determine connection availability individually for each of the Customer's ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service connections. Availability is calculated monthly by computing the total number of Critical P1 priority incident outage minutes, as defined in Table 5-2, in a calendar month and dividing that sum by the total number of minutes in a 30-day calendar month. Availability is calculated after a Critical P1 incident ticket is opened. If the site has backup connectivity, this is factored into the availability calculation. The formula for computing target availability goals is as follows: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-4 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Availability (%) = (1 — (Total minutes of site Hard Outage per month = Number of days in month x 24 hours/day x 60 minutes/hour) ) x 100. Table 5-1 provides Motorola Solutions' availability goals for specific site types. This table contains Motorola Solutions' Service Level Goals. Table 5-1: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Level Goals Site Type Link Count RF Site RF Subsite 1 Dispatch Site 1 Conduit Hub (Standalone) Conduit Hub (Primary) 2 1 Conduit Hub )11 1 (Geo Location Prime Site 1I._ (Standalone) Prime Site (Primary) rime Site 1 (Geo Location ll ASTRO 25 Core 2 (Primary) ASTRO 25 Core 2 (DSR) Cirrus Hub 2 Handoff (NID to SRX) Hardware (per link) Wireless Backup (VRF) Service Level Goals 10 — LC Fiber SRX345 �a 10 — LC Fiber ., SRX345 Yes (ASTRO 25 LMR) No 10 — LC Fiber I SRX345 Yes (ASTRO 25 LMR) 100 — LC Fiber SRX1500 100 — LC Fiber SRX1500 99.95% 99.5% 99.95% No 99.999% No 99.5% 100 — LC Fiber SRX1500 No 99.5% 100 — LC Fiber SRX1500 Design Dependent 99.999% 100 — LC Fiber SRX1500 Design Dependent 99.5% 100 — LC Fiber SRX1500 Design Dependent 99.5% 1000 — LC Fiber SRX1500 Yes 99.999% (Cloud Apps) 1000 — LC Fiber SRX1500 Yes 99.999% (Cloud Apps) 100 — LC Fiber SRX345 No 99.999% Outages Availability is influenced by multiple factors, including network design, equipment, backhaul, and environmental factors. This section defines outage types and how they factor into service availability calculations. Hard Outage A hard outage, classified as a Critical P1 incident, is a complete loss of Motorola Solutions -provided backhaul connectivity, during which the Customer cannot use the service and is prepared to release it for immediate testing. Motorola Solutions factors hard outages into availability calculations and would impact the service level goals. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Planned Outages Planned outages are pauses in service delivery that Motorola Solutions can notify the Customer of in advance, with a scheduled time for when the outage will end. If a planned outage exceeds the time that was predicted by 10% of the time scheduled, then the outage will be included as an agenda item for discussion at the next meeting between Motorola Solutions and the Customer. Motorola Solutions and the Customer will re -categorize the outage during the meeting. Motorola Solutions does not include planned outages in connectivity availability calculations. Force Majeure An outage resulting from a Force Majeure event as defined in the Agreement is not included in availability calculations, but Motorola Solutions will provide a continuous commercially reasonable effort to restore system components affected by such event. Availability Exclusions The following items are excluded from Motorola Solutions' availability calculations: • Periods of Soft Outage, during which the Customer is able to use the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service, and is not prepared to release the service for immediate testing. • Sites installed for less than one full calendar month. • Customer Premises Equipment ("CPE") is not under Motorola Solutions' 24/7 monitoring coverage. • Sites with wireless primary access. • Customer sites with wireless backup access, where wireless signal strength does not meet wireless signal strength guidelines as required by Motorola Solutions. • Any delay, act, or omission by the Customer or a third party, other than the local access provider, that causes or extends an outage is excluded from the availability calculation. In addition, periods of service degradation, such as slow data transmission, where a Critical P1 trouble ticket has not been opened with Motorola Solutions and the Customer has not released its Service for immediate testing, are excluded. • IN ADDITION TO THE EXCLUSIONS FROM DAMAGES SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THE AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR (A) INTERRUPTION OR FAILURE OF CONNECTIVITY, VULNERABILITIES, OR SECURITY EVENTS; (B) DISRUPTION OF OR DAMAGE TO CUSTOMER'S OR THIRD PARTIES' SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, OR DATA, INCLUDING DENIAL OF ACCESS TO USERS, OR SHUTDOWN OF SYSTEMS CAUSED BY INTRUSION DETECTION SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE; (C) AVAILABILITY OR ACCURACY OF ANY DATA AVAILABLE THROUGH THE SERVICE, OR INTERPRETATION, USE, OR MISUSE THEREOF; (D) TRACKING AND LOCATION -BASED SERVICES; OR (E) BETA SERVICES. • "AS IS". THE SOLUTION AND SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN ARE PROVIDED "AS IS". MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. • Availability and Accuracy. The customer acknowledges that the services' functionality, availability, and accuracy described herein depend on many elements beyond Motorola Solutions' control, including databases managed by Customer or third parties and Customer's existing equipment, software, and Customer Data. Therefore, Motorola Solutions does not guarantee the availability or accuracy of data or any minimum level of coverage or connectivity. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-6 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 The customer agrees not to represent to any third party that Motorola Solutions has provided such a guarantee. Interruption or interference with the services described herein may periodically occur. • The Service and/or features may not be available in all areas. 5.3.4.2 Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times This section describes incident priority levels that support availability measurements. Table 5-2: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Incident Priority Definitions and Response Time Goals Incident Priority Incident Definitions Primary Link Response Time Goals Secondary Link Response Times Critical P1 High P2 Medium P3 Low P4 Hard Outage. The ASTRO 25 Monitored 24/7. 8x5 Connectivity Service is completely Response within 15 inoperable or degraded to the extent that minutes. Restoration in it is unusable by the Customer. 3.5 hours. The Customer is prepared to release the service for immediate testing. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Monitored 24/7. performance is degraded, but the Response within 15 Customer is able to use the Service. minutes. Restoration in Incidents are assigned this priority if the 3.5 hours. Customer is not prepared to release the service for immediate testing. A problem affects an ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service component, which does not impact service functionality or availability. • Customer's requests that do not Monitored 24/7. impact the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Response within 15 Service, such as a Customer request minutes. for an incident report • Service incidents not covered by other priority levels. • Scheduled maintenance. Monitored 24/7. Response within 15 minutes. os ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 5.3.5 ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Sites and Equipment Table 5-3 describes sites included in the proposed backhaul design, notes their location, and lists the critical solution equipment provided for them. Table 5-3: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Interconnected Site Locations 1 Site Address City of Miami Core Site 1122 NW South River Drive, Miami, FL 33125 5.4 Availability Reports 5.4.1 Description of Service Motorola Solutions will track the availability of the Customer's ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service components using standardized availability reports and will endeavor to achieve availability goals based on those reports. Motorola Solutions automatically collects and collates availability data from network elements and uses that data to determine system health and if any maintenance or improvements are needed. Trend analysis can indicate capacity, availability, or reliability issues before they significantly affect services. 5.4.2 Scope Each month, Motorola Solutions will create and distribute a network availability report to compare with availability levels described in Section 5.3.4: Availability Goals. This service includes the following tasks: • Data Collection — Availability data is remotely collected and stored for reporting purposes. • Data Reporting — A suite of availability reports is generated and uploaded to the Customer Hub. 5.4.3 Inclusions Availability reports will be provided for Motorola Solutions -provided site connections included in the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service. 5.4.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Collect availability data through defined interfaces. • Provide the availability reports within Customer Hub. • Provide a Motorola Solutions point of contact for questions the Customer has about the findings or service reports provided by Motorola Solutions. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-8 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 5.4.5 Limitations and Exclusions • Motorola Solutions' availability target objectives and related availability calculations exclude availability degradation resulting from the customer's failure to take necessary actions promptly. 5.4.6 Customer Responsibilities • Designate an authorized reporting contact to work with Motorola Solutions to address any questions. • When necessary, perform corrective actions identified by Motorola Solutions' project team as outside the scope of Motorola Solutions' responsibilities. 5.5 Backhaul Event Monitoring 5.5.1 Description of Service Backhaul Event Monitoring provides real-time end -to -end event monitoring and fault isolation for ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service backhaul components and links. A set of sophisticated tools supports remote detection and classification of events on the Customer's backhaul network. When an event is detected, Motorola Solutions will determine the status of impacted backhaul links and engage with other service teams as needed to isolate the cause and resolve the incident. Motorola Solutions will respond to incidents in accordance with Section 5.3.4.2: Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times. 5.5.2 Scope Backhaul Event Monitoring is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Motorola Solutions' tools and processes for monitoring ASTRO 25 radio networks will be leveraged to monitor the backhaul endpoints effectively, and to provide a consistent monitoring experience if receiving both services. Incidents that are generated by the monitoring service will be handled per Section 5.3.4.2: Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times. 5.5.3 Inclusions Backhaul Event Monitoring is provided for the backhaul links and equipment listed in Section 5.3.5: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service Sites and Equipment. 5.5.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Use concurrent connectivity through the network connection established to support Backhaul Event Monitoring. • Verify connectivity and backhaul-specific event monitoring after system installation is complete. • Monitor backhaul links continuously 24 hours daily, seven days weekly. • Create incident tickets when necessary. Identify and classify the link associated with the incident. Gather information to perform the following: - Characterize the issue. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-9 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement - Determine a plan of action. - Assign and track the incident to resolution. • Remotely access the Customer's backhaul to perform remote diagnosis and fault isolation (P1 and P2) as permitted by the Customer pursuant to Section 5.5.6: Customer Responsibilities. • Dispatch the Customer's field service technician or local technician designated in the CSP when necessary and maintain communications with the Customer until the incident is resolved. Provide updates in accordance with the agreed frequency until resolution. Dispatching an onsite resource is applicable. 5.5.5 Limitations and Exclusions • Monitoring excludes Customer Enterprise Network ("CEN") components. • Additional support charges beyond the contracted service rates may apply if Motorola Solutions determines that system faults were caused by the Customer making changes to critical system parameters. • Motorola Solutions is not responsible for system faults or deficiencies that are caused by changes or modifications to the system not performed by Motorola Solutions. 5.5.6 Customer Responsibilities • Provide Motorola Solutions with continuous remote access to enable the monitoring service. • Provide continuous utility service to any Motorola Solutions backhaul equipment installed or used at the Customer's premises to support service delivery. The Customer agrees to take reasonable due care to secure the Motorola Solutions equipment from theft or damage while on the Customer's premises. • Prior to the contract start date, provide Motorola Solutions with pre -defined information necessary to complete a CSP, including: - Incident notification preferences and procedures. - Repair verification preference and procedure. - Database and escalation procedure forms. • Submit changes in any information supplied to Motorola Solutions and included in the CSP to the Customer Support Manager ("CSM"). • Notify the CMS() when the Customer performs any activity that impacts the backhaul components. Activity that impacts the backhaul components may include but is not limited to, installing software or hardware upgrades, performing upgrades to the network, renaming elements or devices within the network, and taking down part of the system to perform maintenance. • Allow Motorola Solutions' field service technician, designated in the CSP, access to equipment, including any connectivity or monitoring equipment, if remote service is impossible. • Allow Motorola Solutions' field service technician, designated in the CSP, access to remove Motorola Solutions -owned monitoring equipment upon cancellation of service. • Provide Motorola Solutions with all Customer -managed passwords required to access the Customer's system upon request, when opening a request for service support, or when needed to enable a response to a technical issue. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-10 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Pay additional support charges above the contracted service agreements that may apply if it is determined that backhaul faults were caused by the Customer making changes to critical system parameters without written agreement from Motorola Solutions. • Cooperate with Motorola Solutions and perform reasonable or necessary acts to enable Motorola Solutions to provide these services. • Acknowledge that incidents will be handled in accordance with Section 5.3.4.2: Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times. 5.6 Remote Technical Support 5.6.1 Description of Service Motorola Solutions' Remote Technical Support service provides telephone consultation for technical issues that require ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service backhaul knowledge and troubleshooting capabilities. As with ASTRO 25 incidents, the CMSO Service Desk will respond to ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service incidents. 5.6.2 Scope The CMSO Service Desk is available via telephone 24 hours per day, seven days per week, and 365 days per year to receive and log requests for technical support. Remote Technical Support service is provided in accordance with Section 5.3.4.2: Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times. Any unresolved incidents will be escalated to Motorola Solutions Engineering and Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) for further assistance. 5.6.3 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Maintain availability of the Motorola Solutions CMSO Service Desk via telephone (800-221- 7144) 24 hours per day, seven days per week, and 365 days per year to receive, log, and classify Customer requests for support. • Respond to requests for service in accordance with Section 5.3.4.2: Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times. • Provide the caller with a plan of action outlining additional requirements, activities, or information required to achieve restoral/fulfillment. • Maintain communication with the Customer in the field as needed until resolution of the incident. • Coordinate technical resolutions with agreed upon third -party vendors, as needed. • Escalate support issues to additional Motorola Solutions technical resources, as applicable. • Determine, in its sole discretion, when an incident requires more than the Remote Technical Support services described in this SOW and notify the Customer of an alternative course of action. • If a customer has ACS and has an ASTRO 25 system network monitoring service or an ASTRO system Infrastructure service package that has monitoring. In that case, Motorola shall be able to deliver an integrated enhanced support plan for both the ASTRO system and its backhaul links. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-11 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 5.6.4 Limitations and Exclusions The following activities are outside the scope of the Remote Technical Support service: • Customer training. • Remote Technical Support for network transport equipment or third -party products not sold by Motorola Solutions. • Any maintenance and/or remediation required as a result of a virus or unwanted cyber intrusion. 5.6.5 Customer Responsibilities • Submit changes in any information supplied in the CSP to the Customer Support Manager ("CSM"). • Contact the CMSO Service Desk to engage the Remote Technical Support service when needed, providing the necessary information for proper entitlement services. This information includes but is not limited to the contact's name, the customer's name, the system ID number, the site(s) in question, and a brief description of the problem that contains pertinent information for initial issue classification. • Maintain suitably trained technical resources familiar with the operation of the Customer's system to provide field maintenance and technical maintenance services for the system. • Supply suitably skilled and trained on -site presence when requested. • Validate issue resolution in a timely manner prior to the close of the incident. • Acknowledge that incidents will be handled in accordance with Section 5.3.4.2: Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times. • Cooperate with Motorola Solutions, performing reasonable or necessary acts to enable Motorola Solutions to provide Remote Technical Support. These actions include but are not limited to, providing System IP information, local hardware logs, software versions, and Customer change management information. 5.7 On -Site Response Motorola Solutions' On -Site Response service provides incident management and escalation for on -site technical service requests. The service is delivered by Motorola Solutions' Centralized Managed Support Operations ("CMSO") organization in cooperation with a local service provider. 5.7.1 Description of Service The Motorola Solutions CMSO Service Desk will receive the Customer's request for on -site service. The CMSO Dispatch Operations team is responsible for opening incidents, dispatching on -site resources, monitoring issue resolution, and escalating as needed to achieve response time goals. The dispatched field service technician will travel to the Customer's location to restore the system in accordance with Section 5.3.4.2: Incident Priority Definitions and Response Times. Motorola Solutions will manage incidents as described in this SOW. The CMSO Service Desk will contact the field service technician until the incident is closed. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-12 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 5.7.2 Scope • On -Site Response is available as needed to support the availability described in Section 5.3.4: Availability Goals. 5.7.3 Inclusions On -Site Response is provided for hardware included with ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service. 5.7.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Receive service requests. • Create an incident when service requests are received. Gather information to characterize the issue, determine a plan of action, and assign and track the incident to resolution. • Dispatch a field service technician, as required by Motorola Solutions' standard procedures, and provide necessary incident information. • Provide the required personnel access to relevant Customer information, as needed. • Motorola Solutions designated field service technician will perform the following on -site: - Run diagnostics on the component. - Perform physical fault restoration and hardware maintenance to restore component functions. - Provide materials, tools, documentation, physical planning manuals, diagnostic and test equipment, and any other material required to perform the maintenance service. - If a third -party vendor is needed to restore the system, the vendor can be accompanied onto the Customer's premises. - If the Customer's repair verification is required in the Customer Support Plan ("CSP"), verify with the Customer that restoration is complete or the system is functional. If verification by the Customer cannot be completed within 20-minutes of restoration, the incident will be closed, and the field service technician will be released. - Escalate the incident to the appropriate party upon expiration of a response time. • Close the incident upon receiving notification from the Customer or Motorola Solutions on -site service technician, indicating the incident is resolved. • Notify the Customer of incident status, as defined in the CSP and Service Configuration Portal ("SCP"): - Open and closed. - Open, assigned to the Motorola Solutions field service technician, arrival of the servicer technician on -site, delayed or closed. • Provide incident activity reports to the Customer if requested. 5.7.5 Customer Responsibilities • Contact Motorola Solutions, as necessary, to request service. • Prior to the start date, provide Motorola Solutions with the following pre -defined Customer information and preferences necessary to complete CSP: ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-13 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement - Incident notification preferences and procedure. - On -Site Repair verification preference and procedure. - Database and escalation procedure forms. • Submit changes in any information supplied in the CSP to the Customer Support Manager ("CSM"). • Provide the following information when initiating a service request: - Assigned site ID number. - Problem description and site location. - Other pertinent information requested by Motorola Solutions to open an incident. • Provide field service technicians with access to equipment. • Supply spare or FRU, as applicable, in order for Motorola Solutions to restore the system. • Maintain and store software needed to restore the system in an easily accessible location. • Maintain and store proper system backups in an easily accessible location. • If required by repair verification preference provided by the Customer, verify with the CMSO Service Desk and dispatch that restoration is complete or the system is functional. • Cooperate with Motorola Solutions and perform reasonable or necessary acts to enable Motorola Solutions to provide these services. • In the event that Motorola Solutions agrees to provide On -site Response to Customer -provided third -party elements, the Customer agrees to obtain and provide applicable third -party consents or licenses to enable Motorola Solutions to provide the service. 5.8 Software Updates 5.8.1 Description of Service Each quarter, Motorola Solutions will provide relevant Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") software patches for backhaul equipment included in the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service. These patches will update equipment when required to maintain components' compatibility or address security vulnerabilities. 5.8.2 Scope Motorola Solutions will update network components when it is necessary to maintain the ASTRO 25 Connectivity Service and will provide security updates to address identified security vulnerabilities. Software Updates follow Motorola Solutions' defined change management process to avoid potential disruption. Once an OEM software update is available, Motorola Solutions initiates the change process to define the update's impact and work with the Customer to schedule its implementation. 5.8.3 Inclusions Motorola Solutions will provide relevant software patches and updates as provided by OEMs based on a schedule mutually agreed upon schedule. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-14 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 5.8.4 Motorola Solutions Responsibilities • Provide relevant software and security patches to the Customer when provided by the OEM. • Notify the Customer if an update will require network downtime to implement. • Work with the Customer to schedule installation of disruptive software patches. 5.8.5 Limitations and Exclusions • Motorola Solutions does not provide warranties on software updates. Warranties on software updates, if available, will be provided directly by the OEM. 5.8.6 Customer Responsibilities • Work with Motorola Solutions to schedule the installation of disruptive software patches when required. ASTRO 25 Connectivity Services Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 5-15 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 6 Training Plan 6.1 Training Overview Partnering with Motorola Solutions will enable the City of Miami to build personnel competency and maximize return on investment. Effective training ensures successful implementation and use of your communications system by all personnel for the life of the system. The training plan furnished to the City of Miami is comprised of targeted coursework developed and delivered by our expert instructors. This plan, included below, will effectively provide the City of Miami's personnel with a comprehensive understanding of the proposed system and user equipment. We will collaborate with the City of Miami to tailor a final training plan to enable the City of Miami's organization to operate, configure, and manage the proposed solution effectively and efficiently. Motorola Solutions Training Motorola Solutions provides an expanding portfolio of training delivery methods, tools, and courses to support the training needs of our customers. The Figure 6-1 below shows the elements of our training methodology that qualify us as the leader in the communications training industry. Maximize Return on Investment Build Competencies Courses Figure 6-1: Build the competencies of the City of Miami personnel and maximize your return on investment with Motorola Solutions' expanding portfolio of training delivery methods, tools, and courses. Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 6.2.1 Training Delivery Training Methods Motorola Solutions' training experience and expertise enables our customers to gain the training they need to use during critical times in a variety of methods. As shown in the Figure 6-2 below, we offer three interactive methods of training: Online Self -Paced, Virtual Instructor -Led, and Instructor -Led. 41. Online Self -Paced Training (OLT) Allows you to gain foundational knowledge on a variety of topics using your own computer, at your own schedule. Virtual Instructor Led Training (VILT) Offers scheduled instructor -led courses in an on-line virtual environment. Instructor Led Training LILT) Performed at one of the Motorola Technical Training Centers, or On -site at your location using your operational equipment. Figure 6-2: Motorola Solutions offers a variety of interactive training methods that cater to different learning techniques, allowing more effective ways to give personnel the skills they need. These training approaches ensure our customers receive the understanding they need for the practical aspects of their jobs. Delivery Options Field Field class delivery is "tailored" to the customer's specific system. We are providing classes, which are not offered as standard "Open Resident" classes at our training facilities. The students benefit from working on their own systems, at their home location and within their schedules. Motorola Facility Resident classes are open to all Motorola customers, seating is based on availability, and participant guides and required pre -work when applicable are included in the tuition. These courses are comprehensive and are not tailored to any one customer's system. Students benefit from other students' experiences and are allowed to take systems out of service. These courses provide optimal "hands-on" training. Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Motorola Facility Closed Sessions -Customer Specific Special Resident classes are closed sessions for a particular Motorola Solutions customer. The customer is essentially renting the classroom. These courses are tailored to the customer's system as much as possible. The instructor will require the customer's system diagrams prior to the class -taking place. The students will receive their ASTRO 25 IV&D manuals on CD-ROM and hard copy participant guides. Class manuals, participant guides, and required pre -work are included in the pricing of the class per student. The students are allowed to take systems out of service, which provides optimal "hands- on" training. Motorola Solutions Instructors We have approximately 40 instructor resources distributed across North America. These instructors are available to train customers in our Technical Training Center located in Schaumburg, Illinois, while specific training courses are available at our facility in Plantation, Florida. Training can also be delivered directly on -site at customer locations. All instructors undergo an Instructional Skills and Technical Knowledge Program, which is a globally recognized training and instructor assessment program. Consultative Services Motorola Solutions provides consultative services for our customers, which includes personalized training plans and other training -related services. Our dedicated training consultant team works with our customers and Motorola Solutions account teams to identify and meet the training needs of technical, administrative end users, and other audiences. 6.2.2 Training Courses Motorola Solutions offers a wide range of training courses to help our customers improve their proficiency with our expanding portfolio and get the most from their training system. Our specialized courses/curriculums are designed for our customers' role. Whether they are an administrator, technician or user, Motorola Solutions makes sure our customers are equipped with foundational and advances skills. General overviews of product and/or solution training offered are listed below: Foundational Radio and Networking Training Foundational Radio and Networking training provides new hires or staff from different skilled backgrounds fundamental knowledge. Some of these courses are online/self-paced while others are instructor led. Some topics include: Radio System Basics, Basic Networking, Communication System Concepts, Networking Essentials and Applied Networking. This allows Motorola Solutions to offer training before installation, during installation and after your solution is operational. ASTRO 25 Infrastructure Training Courses ASTRO 25 Infrastructure Training provides participants with a full curriculum that will enable them to maintain/service the new solution, and will give them the skills required to manage and operate the solution to obtain its fullest potential and capabilities. ASTRO 25 Patch Management Training Course ASTRO 25 Patch Management Training provides ASTRO 25 Land Mobile Radio (LMR) system administrators the information needed to access and patch their radio network infrastructure, update antivirus definitions, and review log files. Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Console Training Courses Console Training provides participants with a curriculum that will enable them to obtain a high-level understanding of the system configuration, general console operation, how to perform basic tasks, operating procedures for specific features, and the knowledge and skills necessary to manage and maintain the system. Mobile and Portable Radio Training Courses Mobile and Portable Radio Training provides participants with an introduction to the radio, the knowledge and skills necessary to perform basic radio operation, common operational tasks, operating procedures for specific features of the radio, and technical programming and maintenance of radios. MOTOTRBO Training Courses MOTOTRBO Training provides participants with a full curriculum that will enable them to maintain/service the new solution, and will give them the skills required to manage and operate the solution to obtain its fullest potential and capabilities. CallWorks Training Courses CallWorks Training provides participants with an overview of the components and functionality of the main application, operation, troubleshooting, a high-level understanding of the software, and configuration and maintenance of components of the CallWorks solution. PremierOne Training Courses PremierOne Training provides participants with sufficient knowledge of the PremierOne solution and its tools, giving them the skills necessary to operate and maintain the PremierOne solution. LTE Training Courses LTE Training provides participants a high-level understanding of the Public Safety LTE system and the network elements that comprise the system. Participants will gain knowledge of LTE architecture, signaling, system administration, and applied networking. WAVE Training Courses WAVE Training provides participants with an overview of the WAVE solution. It offers a basic understanding of how WAVE delivers a Radio-over-IP solution; describes features, hardware, and software requirements; how to use applications; and provides instruction in designing, integrating, and troubleshooting the WAVE solution. Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 6.2.3 Training Tools Training Kits Training kits are essential suitcase equipment, labs and exercises that apply to some of the ASTRO, MOTOTRBO, WAVE and LTE solutions. These kits are used in addition to equipment, in order to prevent solution downtime while training is conducted. As part of specific on -site classes, shown in Table 6-1, kits are included and shipped to our customers to allow students an in-depth, hands-on experience. Table 6-1: Field Classes Training Kit Availability Field Classes Training Kit Availability Networking Essentials Applied Systems Networking Domain Controller Server Virtualization WAVE Certified Integration Engineer MOTOTRBOTM Systems Applied Networking Tracking and Evaluation All customer training is tracked and evaluated. The Project Manager and training team tracks and records all courses completed through the implementation of the project. Surveys are given to trainees to evaluate the trainers. Feedback is given and placed on our customer -shared website. End User Training Kit (EUTK) The End User Training Kit is a knowledge -transfer tool designed to accelerate learning through customizability. Using the EUTK allows trainers to customize user/operator training to match unique button, feature programming, and displays provided in the system and radio codeplug. These tailored materials are developed by Motorola Solutions trainers using training kits that allow customer trainers to modify training materials when radio or console features change. Personnel are taught how to maneuver through and tailor the EUTK screens. The tailored selections are saved to an electronic file that the Motorola Solutions training team provides to the customer. For a more detailed view of the training Motorola Solutions provides, please see our Product and System Technical Training Course Catalog: https://learning.motorolasolutions.com/cataloq/56280enus Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-5 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3 Proposed Training Overview for the City of Miami In order to achieve the training goals identified by the City of Miami, we propose the following courses. It is necessary that participants bring their laptop computers for all system administrator and technician classes. Materials will be delivered electronically via USB drives. 6.3.1 Maintenance Technician Training Plan Course Titl-, Target Audience System Administrators and Technicians Sessions 1 Duration 1.5 hours Location Self -paced; Online Prior to workshops and remaining classes Participants 12 ASTRO® 25 IV&D System Overview Course#: AST1038 (Self -paced; Online) ASTRO® 25 IV&D System Core Workshop Course#: AST4103 (Instructor -led) Technicians 1 4.5 days Miami, FL Prior to maintaining Up to 12 ASTRO® 25 IV&D GTR8000 Repeater Site Workshop Course#: AST4208 (Instructor -led) Technicians 1 3 days Miami, FL Prior to maintaining Up to 12 ASTRO® 25 IV&D IP Based Digital Simulcast Workshop Course#: AST4217 (Instructor -led) Technicians 1 3 days Miami, FL Prior to maintaining Up to 12 ASTRO® 25 IV&D Secure Communications Workshop (OTAR) Course#: AST4207 (Instructor -led) Technicians 1 4.5 days Miami, FL Prior to managing Up to 12 APX CPS Programming And Template Building with APXTM Radio Management Workshop Course #: APX7001 and RDS2017 (Instructor -led) Technicians 1 4 days Miami, FL Prior to programming and managing radios Up to 12 APX Technical Subscriber Academy Course#: APX010 (Instructor- led) Technicians 1 4.5 days Miami, FL Prior to maintaining radios Up to 12 CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles Workshop Course#: CON012 (Instructor -led) Technicians 1 3.5 days Miami, FL Prior to maintaining Up to 12 Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-6 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.2 Console Operator and Supervisor Training Plan (Police) Course Title Target Audience Sessions Duration Location Date Participants CommandCentral AXS Console Operator/Admin Utilizing the End User Training Kit 2 training consoles Ratio: 2 per console (Instructor -led Dispatch Supervisors 2 (8-hour Sessions) 2 days Miami, FL Prior to training Operators 5 (2-3 per Session) CommandCentral AXS Console Operator Training 2 training consoles Ratio: 2 per console (Instructor -led) Dispatch Operators 2 (4-hour Sessions) 1 day Miami, FL Prior to cutover 4 (2 per Session) 6.3.3 Console Operator and Supervisor Training Plan (Fire) Course Title Target Audience Sessions Duration Location Date Participants CommandCentral AXS Console Operator/Admin Utilizing the End User Training Kit 2 training consoles Ratio: 2 per console (Instructor -led Dispatch Supervisors 1 (8-hour Session) 1 day Miami, FL Prior to training Operators 3 CommandCentral AXS Console Operator Training 2 training consoles Ratio: 2 per console (Instructor -led) Dispatch Operators 1 (4-hour Session) 1/2 day Miami, FL Prior to cutover 2 6.3.4 Radio User Training Plan Course Title Target Audienc Sessions Duration Locati, Participants Police: APX NEXT Portables (1 Model) Train -the -Trainer Utilizing the End User Training Kit (Instructor -led) Police Radio Trainers 1 (8-hour Session) 1 day Miami, FL Prior to training Radio Users 15 Fire: APX NEXT XE Portables (1 Model) Train -the -Trainer Utilizing the End User Training Kit (Instructor -led) Fire Radio Trainers 1 (8-hour Session) 1 day Miami, FL Prior to training Radio Users 15 Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-7 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.5 Course Descriptions for the City of Miami Course descriptions for the City of Miami are included on the following pages. 6.3.5.1 ASTRO 25 IV&D System Overview ASTI 038 Course Synopsis and Objectives: The ASTRO® 25 IV&D System Overview course will provide participants with knowledge and understanding of the ASTRO 25 IV&D system. This course will address M, L and K Core systems. System architecture, components and features will be explained. In addition, RF and console sites and their architecture, features and components will be discussed. Finally, call processing for voice and mobile data applications will be covered, and an introduction to applications available in the ASTRO 25 IV&D system will be provided. At the end of this course, the participant should: - Understand the general architecture of an ASTRO 25 IV&D Radio System. - Understand key features of available in the ASTRO 25 IV&D Radio System. - Understand the components of the ASTRO 25 Zone Core. - Understand site components in the ASTRO 25 system. - Understand the features, capabilities and components of the CommandCentral AXS dispatch consoles. - Understand concepts of Mobility and Call Processing in the ASTRO 25. - Understand the applications for managing the ASTRO 25 system. Delivery Method: OLT = Online Training Duration: 1.5 hours Participants: This course is intended for Professionals who need to get an understanding of the architecture, components, and features of the ASTRO 25 IV&D System. Class Size: Class Size varies by region Prerequisite: None Curriculum: Course Modules: Module 1 — System Architecture Module 2 — System Features and Options Module 3 — Zone Core Components Module 4 —Sites Module 5 — Site Status Module 6 — Information Types and Paths Module 7 — Mobility Management Module 8 — Voice Call Processing Module 9 — Data Call Processing Module 10 — Applications Overview Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-8 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.5.2 ASTRO 25 IV&D System Core Workshop AST4103 Course Synopsis and Objectives: Iaction(s) The ASTRO 25 IV&D with ASTRO 25 System Core course teaches advanced troubleshooting skills and best practices for the Trunked Large Systems. The course also focuses on gathering and analyzing system information to implement appropriate that return a system to full operational status. After completing this course, the participant will be able to: - Describe the ASTRO 25 System architecture. - Identify the functional and radio subsystems that comprise the ASTRO 25 System. - Explain and discuss call flow and data flow through Large System Core devices and their subsystems. - Perform recommended routine maintenance procedures for the ASTRO 25 Large System Core. - Utilize the troubleshooting tools to diagnose a fault and restore the Large System Core to the level of the Motorola -supported service strategy. Delivery Method: ILT = Instructor Led Training Duration: 4.5 days Participants: System Core Master Site Technicians Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: I- Completion of the following courses or equivalent knowledge: - Bridging the Knowledge Gap (ACT100 or ACT101). Networking Essentials in Communication Equipment (NST762). - ASTRO 25 Systems Applied Networking (AST4104). - ASTRO 25 IV&D System Overview (AST1038). Curriculum: • FOUNDATIONS: Introduction to ASTRO 25 System Core Required Subsystems Optional Subsystems Optional Services IP Addresses and ASTRO 25 Networks Call Control and Audio Paths MAINTENANCE TOOLS: Tools Maintenance Unified Event Manager UNC Maintenance NETWORK TRANSPORT: Network Transport Subsystem Switch Maintenance Routers Overview Backhaul Connectivity Overview Routers Maintenance VMS AND DAS: Virtual Management Server Overview Virtual Management Server Maintenance DAS Overview DAS Maintenance Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-9 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 iLO vSphere RAI Dar/DAS VMS and DAS (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) Virtual Management Server Overview (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) Virtual Management Server Maintenance (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) DAS Overview (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) DAS Maintenance (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) iLO (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) vSphere (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) DAS (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) DETAILED CALL CONTROL: Detailed Call Control Multizones DATA SUBSYSTEM: Data Subsystem Overview TROUBLESHOOTING: Methodology Tools Backup and Restore Hardware Replacement Hardware Replacement (HPE DL380 G10 and MSA2060) 6.3.5.3 ASTRO 25 IV&D GTR8000 Repeater Site Workshop AST4208 Course Synopsis and Objectives: This workshop describes the components in the ASTRO 25 IV&D System Repeater Site with GTR 8000 expandable site subsystem. This course also presents how the GTR 8000 expandable site subsystem operates and explains the tools and methods available for troubleshooting components within the subsystem. After completing this course, the participant will be able to: - Describe the ASTRO 25 IV&D Repeater Site with GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem configurations and components. - Identify the GCP 8000 Site Controller functions and configuration requirements. - Describe the connections and interfaces to the GCP 8000. - Diagnose and troubleshoot the GCP 8000. - Describe the functionality of the GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem. - Configure and troubleshoot the ASTRO 25 Repeater Site with GTR 8000 Expandable Site Subsystem. - Configure and troubleshoot the Network Transport subsystem. Delivery Method: ILT = Instructor Led Training Duration: 3 days Participants: GTR 8000 Site Technicians Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience: - Bridging the Knowledge Gap — Technicians (ACT100) - Networking Essentials in Communication Equipment (NST762) - ASTRO 25 Systems Applied Networking (AST4104) Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLO T IONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-10 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Curriculum: - ASTRO 25 IV&D System Overview (AST1038) - Section: Installation: o Module: GTR 8000 Repeater Site o Module: GCP 8000 Site Controller o Module: GTR 8000 Base Radio o Module: Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) o Module: Network Transport - Section: Configuration: o Module: Software Download (SWDL) o Module: CSS o Module: UNC - Section: Maintenance: o Module: GCP 8000 Site Controller Diagnostics o Module: GTR 8000 Base Radio Diagnostics o Module: Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) Diagnostics o Module: Network Transport Diagnostics - Section: Troubleshooting: o Module: Overview o Module: CSS Diagnostics 6.3.5.4 ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Based Digital Simulcast Workshop AST4217 Course Synopsis and Objectives: The ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Based Digital Simulcast workshop provides an understanding of the components that comprise the ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Simulcast subsystem, and how they operate in conjunction with each other. The workshop also explains the tools and methods available for troubleshooting components within the IP Based Simulcast subsystem. After completing this course, the participant will be able to: - Recognize the flow of message and control data within an ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Digital Simulcast subsystem. - Identify the major components and connections within an ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Digital Simulcast subsystem prime and remote sites. - Recognize how calls are processed within an ASTRO 25 IV&D IP Digital Simulcast subsystem. - Perform maintenance and troubleshooting of select components in an ASTRO 25 IV&D Digital Simulcast subsystem. Delivery Method: ILT = Instructor Led Training Duration:. 3 days Participants: Simulcast Site Technicians Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: I- Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience: - Bridging the Knowledge Gap — Technicians (ACT100). Networking Essentials in Communication Equipment (NST762). - ASTRO 25 Systems Applied Networking (AST4104). - ASTRO 25 IV&D S stem Overview AST1038 . Curriculum: - Section: Installation: o Module: RF Site o Module: GCP 8000 Site Controller o Module: GTR 8000 Base Radio Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLO T IONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-11 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 o Module: GCM 8000 Comparator o Module: Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) o Module: Simulcast Site Reference (TRAK) o Module: Network Transport o Module: Edge Availability Installation Section: Configuration: o Module: Software Download (SWDL) o Module: CSS o Module: UNC Section: Maintenance: o Module: GCP 8000 Site Controller Diagnostics o Module: GTR 8000 Base Radio Diagnostics o Module: GCM 8000 Comparator Diagnostics o Module: Radio Frequency Distribution System (RFDS) Diagnostics o Module: Simulcast Site Reference (TRAK) Diagnostics o Module: Network Transport Diagnostics - Section: Troubleshooting: o Module: Overview o Module: CSS Diagnostics o Module: Unified Event Manager 6.3.5.5 ASTRO 25 IV&D Secure Communications Workshop AST4207 Course Synopsis and Objectives: ol- This workshop describes planning, installation, configuration, operations, and troubleshooting of Secure Communications within the ASTRO 25 IV&D System. After completing the course the participant will be able to: Plan, organize, and implement Secure Communications in an ASTRO 25 IV&D system. - Install and configure a Key Management Facility (KMF) system and related components. - Demonstrate centralized key management using Over-the-Air-Rekeying (OTAR). - Perform System Administrator functions using the KMF server and KMF client. - Troubleshoot installation and configuration problems for the KMF server, KMF client, and KMF database. Delivery Method: Instructor -led Duration:! 4.5 days Participants: - System Technicians - System Administrators - Technical System Managers Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: mil - Completion of the following courses or equivalent knowledge: - Bridging the Knowledge Gap —Technicians (ACT100-E) - Networking Essentials in Communication Equipment (NST762) Curriculum: I Module 1: Secure Communications Foundation - Module 2: Secure Communications Organization - Module 3: Secure Communications Equipment - Module 4: Secure Communications Configuration - Module 5: Secure Rekeying Operations - Module 6: Secure KMF Performance Monitoring Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-12 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.5.6 APX CPS Programming and Template Building APX7001 Course Synopsis and Objectives: The APXTM CPS Radio Programming and Template Building course provides communications management personnel and technicians with the knowledge and training necessary to build templates and program the APX family of radios in the most efficient way possible. After completing this course, the student will be able to: - Navigate through the user interface of the APX Customer Programming Software (CPS). - Build the APX family of programming templates using the APX CPS programming software. - Program the specific conventional and trunking parameters related to the various system types in which the radios will operate. - Program the radios using typical APX CPS features and functions, such as cloning and drag and drop operations. - Use additional APX CPS related functions such as codeplug comparison, radio flashing, Advance System Key Administrator, and codeplug merging. Delivery Method: VILT — Virtual Instructor -led Training Can also be taught as ILT —Instructor-led Training Duration: 2 days in the field 4 days total when combined with Radio Management (RDS2017) VILT — 2.5 hours per day for 5 days Participants. You should attend this training course if you are a radio technician or system manager who needs to: - Perform APX radios programming. - Gain knowledge of the APX CPS navigation, tools, options and features. - Have a better understanding of APX subscriber operating in Conventional, Single Site trunking, Simulcast, SmartZone or ASTRO 25 IV&D TDMA and ASTRO 25 IV&D x2. Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: Knowledge of the basic features and options of two-way radios and the basic concepts of trunking. Curriculum: I- - Module 1: Introduction to APX CPS - Module 2: APX CPS Install, Setup, and Configuration - Module 3: APX CPS Navigation - Module 4: APX CPS Data Transfer Module 5: Codeplug Configuration (Live Demonstration) - Module 6: Additional CPS Functionality Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-13 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.5.7 APX Radio Management Workshop RDS2017 Course Synopsis and Objectives: Iwired, Participants will learn the capabilities, features, and functions of the APXTM Radio Management Suite. In addition, the course will contain networking labs and Radio Management labs that will focus on installation, configuration, and operation using Wi-Fi, and POP25 updates to APX Subscriber radios in both a LAN and WAN environment. After completing this course, the student will be able to: - Describe the APX Radio Management Suite operations and required software and hardware components. - Describe all deployment options for APX Radio Management Suite. - Configure a basic APX Radio Management system using a single PC, multiple PCs on a LAN, and multiple PCs on a WAN. - Troubleshoot common APX Radio Management installation, configuration, and operation issues. - Use Best Practices to implement and optimize Radio Management Performance. Delivery Method: ILT—Instructor-led Training (Classroom), Can also be taught as VILT — Virtual Instructor -led Training Duration: 2.5 days as ILT, Or 5 hours a day for 3 days as VILT Participants: Radio Technicians, System Managers, Radio Programmers Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience in radio communications: APX CPS Programming and Template Building (APX7001V) Curriculum: Module 1: Introduction to the APX Radio Management Module 2: Deployment of RM System Components Module 3: APX Radio Management Suite Installation Module 4: APX Radio Management Configuration Module 5: APX Radio Management Provisioning and Operation Module 6: Troubleshooting in APX Radio Management Module 7: Best Practices Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-14 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.5.8 CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles Workshop CON012 Course Synopsis and Objectives: ilof This course familiarizes participants in installation, configuration, management and repair of CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles, AUX I/O servers, Conventional Channel Gateways, and other optional features. The focus is on a detailed discussion console hardware and hands-on activities with the installation and configuration of the CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles. After completing this course, the participant will be able to: - Understand key physical and functional characteristics of CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles. - Understand physical installation requirements of CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles. - Perform tasks necessary to install CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles components. - Perform configuration steps for CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles components. - Understand available maintenance tools and indicators in CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles. - Troubleshoot CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles components to the Motorola Solutions recommended service level. - Perform tasks necessary to provision users for CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles. - Configure the CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles interface. - Perform required administrative activities for CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Consoles. - Perform tasks necessary to install and configure CommandCentral AXS console AuxIO servers (SDM 3000 and MC -EDGE). Delivery Method: ILT — Instructor -led training Duration: 3.5 days resident, 3.5 days field Participants: System Administrators, Console Technicians Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: Curriculum: Completion of the following courses or equivalent knowledge is required: - Bridging the Knowledge Gap (ACT100E or ACT101 E) - Networking Essentials in Communication Equipment (NST762) - ASTRO 25 Systems Applied Networking (AST4104) - Dispatch Console Overview - Dispatch Console Installation and Configuration - AUX I/O - Conventional - Administration - Maintenance and Troubleshooting - Addendum Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-15 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.5.9 CommandCentral AXS Console Supervisor Course Synopsis and Objectives: IIIAfter This course provides participants with the knowledge and skills to manage and utilize the CommandCentral AXS console administrator functions. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the participant learns how to customize the console screens. completing this training course, you will be able to: - Understand the menu items and tool bar icons. - Edit folders, multi-select/patch groups, auxiliary input output groups, windows and toolbars. - Add/delete folders. Delivery Method: ILT - Instructor -led training Duration: 4 hours Operator, plus 4 hours Admin Participants: Dispatch Supervisors and System Administrators Class Size: Based on number of Training Consoles available (2 students per Console) Prerequisite: None Curriculum - Introduction - Configurations - Folders and Resource Setup - Customizing Folders - Auto Starting the CommandCentral AXS Dispatch Console - Editing Preferences - Configuring the Toolbar - Setting Up Aux lOs - Resource Groups 6.3.5.10 CommandCentral AXS Console Operator Course Synopsis and Objectives: Itasks This course provides participants with an introduction to the dispatch console, its basic operation and tailored job aids which will be available for assistance in operation. Through facilitation and hands-on activities, the user learns how to perform common associated with the console operation. After completing this training course, you will be able to: - Perform basic operational tasks of the dispatch console. - Utilize the provided job aids to perform specific tasks associated with the console. - Understand a high-level view of the system configuration. - Understand a high-level overview of the customer system configuration. - Understand general console operation. - Understand proper operating procedures for specific customer features. Delivery Method: ILT - Instructor -led training Duration: 4 hours Participants: Dispatch Console Operators, Supervisors, System Administrators, and Support Personnel Class Size: Based on number of Training Consoles available (2 students per Console) Prerequisite: None Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-16 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Curriculum: I - Overview - Communicating with Radios - Advanced Signaling Features - Resource Groups - Working with Configurations - Working with Aux lOs - Troubleshooting 6.3.5.11 APX NEXT Train -the -Trainer Course Synopsis and Objectives: This course provides radio trainers with an introduction to the APX NEXT radio, its basic operation and tailored job aids available for assistance in operation. The learning experience is a mix of facilitation and hands-on activities to help users perform common tasks associated with the APX NEXT operation. Segmentation between user groups (i.e. Police, Fire/EMS, and Public Service) is encouraged to help focus instruction on the specific operational issues of the individual user group. This course is geared for customers who have an experienced dedicated training staff in their organization. It provides the customer's identified training personnel with the knowledge and practice applying training techniques that will enable them to successfully train their students. Trainers will use audio visual (Interactive End User Toolkits — iEUTK), facilitation and "hands-on" activities to facilitate learning events supported by tailored or customized training materials and job aides. They will become proficient in discussing common tasks associated with the operation of the customer's radios. After completing the course the participant will be able to: - Understand a high-level overview of the customer system configuration. - Understand the general radio operation. - Understand proper operating procedures for specific customer features. - Perform basic operational tasks of the radio. - Utilize the provided job aids to perform specific tasks associated with the radio. Delivery Method: ILT - Instructor -led training Duration: 8 hours Participants: Trainers, Supervisors and Support Personnel Class Size: Up to 15 Prerequisite: Previous two-way radio and training experience Curriculum: Basics: - Controls - Buttons - Switches - Setting up APX NEXT - Mics/Speakers - Indicators Using APX NEXT: - On/Off/Standby - SmartTouch/Onscreen keyboard - Widgets - Adjustments - Battery Management - Updates Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-17 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Training Plan Specific Features: Changing Talkgroups/Channels Changing Zones Mute tones of keypad Talkgroup Call - Private Call Accessing Private Call Feature Initiating Private Call Call List Programming Announcement/AII Call (Calls involving Initiating Announcement/All Call - Direct/Talkaround - Failsoft - Radio Profiles Accessing and changing Radio Profile Secure Operations - ARS Multiple Talkgroups) Optional Features: - Scan Scan program Priority Scan Dynamic Priority Telephone Interconnect Accessing Telephone Interconnect Feature Initiating a Phone Call Phone List Programming - Contacts Services: - Smart Connect - ViQi Voice Control - ViQi Virtual Partner - SmartLocate - Radio Central SmartProgramming Connectivity - LTE - Wi-Fi - Bluetooth Data Services: Text Messaging Accessing the Text Messaging Feature Creating a Free Form Text Message Sending a "Canned " Text Message - GPS - OTAP User Interface Encryption Emergency © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-18 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 6.3.5.12 APXTM Technical Subscriber Academy APX010 Course Synopsis and Objectives: Participants will learn the capabilities, features and functions of the APXTM family of radios as well as how to correctly complete performance checks, radio alignments, disassembly/reassembly, maintenance and troubleshooting. This Academy will also focus on a Level 2 (block level) theory of operation for the APXTM family of radios and provide a review of APXTM CPS and Radio Management programming. In addition to lecture, large amounts of hands on with scenario based lab work will be used to reinforce knowledge transfer. After completing this course, the student will be able to: - Distinguish between the features and specifications of APXTM portable and mobile radios. - Verify the correct operations of the various radio's within the APXTM family of subscribers by completing Performance Checks and Alignment procedures. - Maintain and troubleshoot radios within the APX family of subscribers. Delivery Method: ILT—Instructor-led Training (Classroom) Duration:' 5 days Participants: This course is intended for who would like to get familiar with the features, operation principles, and troubleshooting steps of the APXTM family of radios. Class Size: Up to 12 Prerequisite: Completion of the following courses or equivalent experience in Radio Communications: - NST021 - Communication Systems Concepts. - APX7001V - APX CPS Programming and Template Building Overview. Curriculum: I- Course Overview - Radio Introduction - Customer Programming Software (CPS) Overview - Performance Checks Radio Alignments - Theory of Operations - Radio Troubleshooting Training Plan © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 6-19 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 7 Warranty and Maintenance 7.1 Overview Motorola Solutions is proposing our Advanced Plus Services for ASTRO 25 infrastructure, a comprehensive program to sustain the long-term performance of the Customer network. Advanced Plus Services consists of the following elements: • Network Event Monitoring. • Remote Technical Support. • Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement. • Remote Security Update Service (RSUS). • On -Site Infrastructure Response. • Annual Preventive Maintenance. • Network Updates. Together, these elements will help to avoid operational disruptions and maintain the value of the Customer communications investment. 7.2 Advanced Plus Services Element Descriptions The following sections describe the elements proposed for the Customer ASTRO 25 infrastructure. 7.2.1 Network Event Monitoring Motorola Solutions will continuously monitor the Customer ASTRO 25 network to detect potential issues or communications outages, maximizing network uptime. Motorola Solutions assesses each alert with advanced event detection and correlation algorithms to determine how to respond. Potential responses include remote restoration or dispatching a local field technician to resolve the incident on - site. 7.2.2 Remote Technical Support Motorola Solutions' Centralized Managed Support Operations (CMSO) will provide Remote Technical Support for infrastructure issues that require specific technical expertise. Experienced technical support specialists will be available to consult with the Customer to help diagnose, troubleshoot, and resolve infrastructure issues. Service Desk maintenance procedures and incident resolution techniques are based on ISO 9001 and TL 9000 standards. 7.2.3 Network Hardware Repair with Advanced Replacement To restore the Customer ASTRO 25 network components if they malfunction, Motorola Solutions will repair Motorola Solutions -provided infrastructure equipment. This includes select third -party Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement infrastructure equipment supplied by Motorola Solutions. Motorola Solutions will ship and return repaired equipment, and will coordinate the repair of third -party solution components. To reduce the impact of a malfunction, Motorola Solutions will exchange malfunctioning equipment with Advanced Replacement units or Field Replacement Units (FRU), as available. Motorola Solutions' repair depot will diagnose and repair malfunctioning components, and once repaired, add those to the depot's FRU inventory. Replacement components will remain in the Customer ASTRO 25 network to maintain continued network functionality. If the Customer prefers to maintain their existing FRU inventory rather than using Motorola Solutions' depot inventory, Motorola Solutions can provide "loaner" FRUs during the repair process. 7.2.4 Remote Security Update Service Commercial security software updates are often designed without consideration for specialized systems like radio communications networks. These updates may inadvertently disrupt ASTRO 25 network operations and functionality. To minimize cyber risks and software conflicts, Motorola Solutions provides the Remote Security Update Service (RSUS). With this service, Motorola Solutions deploys antivirus and operating system security updates on an ASTRO 25 network in a dedicated information assurance lab to test and validate them for use with ASTRO 25 networks. Motorola Solutions tests whether applying these security updates degrades network service. If an update degrades performance, Motorola Solutions searches for a solution or workaround to address the issue before releasing that update. With RSUS, Motorola Solutions will remotely install tested updates on the Customer ASTRO 25 network. If there are any recommended configuration changes, warnings, or workarounds, Motorola Solutions will provide detailed documentation on a secured extranet website. 7.2.5 On -Site Infrastructure Response Motorola Solutions will provide repair service from trained and qualified technicians. Once dispatched, technicians will travel to the Customer ASTRO 25 network location to diagnose issues and restore functionality. These technicians will run diagnostics on hardware to identify defective components, and repair or replace them as appropriate. Infrastructure Response times are based on a given issue's impact on overall system function. Initially, MSI will attempt remote restoration to minimize downtime before dispatching a local field technician to resolve the incident on -site. Travel times and service levels are governed by local geography. Motorola Solutions will provide additional information in the Statement of Work for ASTRO 25 Advanced Plus Services. 7.2.6 Annual Preventive Maintenance Motorola Solutions will annually test and service network components. Qualified field technicians will perform routine hands-on examination and diagnostics of network equipment to keep them operating according to original manufacturer specifications. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 7.2.7 Network Updates The Network Updates service provides public safety radio system release updates on a consistent, budgeted plan. These updates maintain reliable network operations and cybersecurity protection. In addition, Network Updates keeps the Customer ASTRO 25 network compatible with expansion elements, as well as new products or features. With Network Updates, the Customer network will remain on a release that qualifies for support services. Motorola Solutions will deliver updates based on a predefined cadence of upgrade windows, with up to one update in each window. The Network Updates service includes the following: • Software Release Updates - Motorola Solutions -certified software that improves network functions over previous releases. This also includes commercial operating system and application software updates. • Hardware Update — When needed to support a software release update, Motorola Solutions provides new hardware. New hardware will both support the new software update, as well as maintain existing functions and features. • Professional Implementation Services — Motorola Solutions will plan and implement updates at the Customer site. This includes factory integration, testing, and supply chain management for new software and hardware. With these services, the Customer will have access to the technology, support, and planning expertise needed for an effective upgrade. 7.2.8 System Upgrade Agreement (SUA) 7.2.8.1 Overview Utilizing the ASTRO System Upgrade Agreement (SUA) service, the City of Miami is able to take advantage of new functionality and security features while extending the operational life of the system. Motorola continues to make advancements in on -premises and cloud technologies to bring value to our customers. Cloud technologies enable the delivery of additional functionality through frequent updates ensuring the latest in ASTRO is available at all times. The Customer is required to keep the system within a standard support period as described in Motorola's Software Support Policy (SwSP). 7.2.8.2 Scope As system releases become available, Motorola agrees to provide the Customer with the software, hardware, and implementation services required to execute up to one system infrastructure upgrade (System Upgrade) in each eligible System Upgrade window over the term of this agreement. The term of the agreement is listed in Table 7-1: SUA Terms. The eligible System Upgrade windows and their duration are illustrated in Table 7-2: Eligible Upgrade Window. With the addition of the cloud services, Motorola will provide continuous updates to the cloud core to enable the delivery of additional functionality. Cloud updates will be more frequent than the ASTRO System Upgrades and will occur outside the defined eligible System Upgrade windows in Table 7-2: Eligible Upgrade Window. Motorola may, at its sole discretion, automatically apply the cloud updates as they become available. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement If needed to perform the System Upgrade, Motorola will provide updated and/or replacement hardware for covered infrastructure components. System Upgrades, when executed, will provide an equivalent level of functionality as that originally purchased and deployed by the Customer. At Motorola's option, new system releases may introduce new features or enhancements that Motorola may offer separately for purchase. Table 7-1: SUA Terms Duration Six (6) Year(s) from Year 2 thru Year 7 Table 7-2: Eligible Upgrade Window Eligible Upgrades Up to Three (3) Upgrades The methodology for executing each System Upgrade is described in Section 7.2.8.5. ASTRO SUA pricing is based on the system configuration outlined in Section 7.2.8.8 System Pricing Configuration. This configuration is to be reviewed annually from the contract effective date. Any change in system configuration may require an ASTRO SUA price adjustment. The price quoted for ASTRO SUA requires the Customer to choose a certified system upgrade path in Section 7.2.8.7 ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths. Should the Customer elect an upgrade path other than one listed in Section 7.2.8.7 ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths, the Customer agrees that additional fees may be incurred to complete the implementation of the system upgrade. In this case, Motorola will provide a price quotation for any additional materials and services necessary. 7.2.8.3 Inclusions Refer to Table 7-7: SUA Coverage Table for more detailed information on the SUA inclusions referenced in this section. 7.2.8.3.1 System Upgrades System Upgrade coverage includes the products outlined in Section 7.2.8.8 System Pricing Configuration and does not cover all products. The ASTRO SUA applies only to System Upgrades within the ASTRO platform and entitles the Customer to eligible past software versions for downgrading product software to a compatible release version. Past versions from within the Standard Support Period will be available. Subscriber Radio Software The ASTRO SUA makes available the subscriber radio software releases that are shipping from the factory during the coverage period. Please refer to Section 7.2.8.5: General Statement of Work for System Upgrades. 7.2.8.4 Limitations and Exclusions The parties acknowledge and agree that the ASTRO 25 SUA does not cover the products and services detailed in this section. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-4 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Table 7-3: SUA Limitations and Exclusions Excluded Products and Services Examples, but not limited to Purchased directly from a third party Residing outside of the ASTRO 25 network Not certified on ASTRO 25 systems Backhaul Network Two -Way Subscriber Radios Consumed in normal operation RFDS and Transmission Mediums Customer provided cloud connectivity Maintenance Services of Any Kind Security Services • • NICE, Genesis, Verint CAD, E911, Avtec Consoles Laptops, PCs, Eventide loggers MPLS, Microwave, Multiplexers APX, MCD 5000, Programming, Installation Monitors, microphones, keyboards, speakers Antennas, Transmission Line, Combiners LTE, Internet Infrastructure Repair, Tech Support, Dispatch Security Update Service (SUS), Remote SUS AIM 1 t 1 or 7.2.8.4.1 Platform Migrations Platform Migrations are the replacement of a product with the next generation of that product that is not within the same product family. This can be defined as a new technology that is based on a new hardware configuration and/or a new underlying software. Any upgrades to hardware versions and/or replacement hardware required to support new features or those not specifically required to maintain existing functionality are not included. Unless otherwise stated in this document, Platform Migrations such as, but not limited to, stations, comparators, site controllers, consoles, backhaul, and network changes are not included. 7.2.8.4.2 Non -Standard Configurations Systems that have non-standard configurations that have not been certified by Motorola Systems Integration Testing are specifically excluded from the ASTRO SUA unless otherwise included in this SOW. Customer acknowledges that if the system has a Special Product Feature it may be overwritten by the software upgrade. Restoration of that feature is not included in the coverage of this SOW. 7.2.8.4.3 System Expansions and New Features Any upgrades to hardware versions, replacement hardware, and/or implementation services that are not directly required to support the certified System Upgrade are not included unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Motorola. This exclusion applies to, but is not limited to, system expansions and new features. 7.2.8.4.4 Cloud Technology Support for Customer -provided connectivity to the cloud platform is not covered under this agreement. Future cloud, IT, and security related adoption is an evolving technological area and laws, regulations, and standards relating to ASTRO SUA may change. Any changes to ASTRO SUA required to achieve future regulatory or Customer specific compliance requirements are not included. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 7.2.8.4.5 Subscriber Radio Software Applying software updates to subscriber radios is the Customer's responsibility and is not included in SUA coverage. Subscriber radios must be at a software release compatible with the Customer's ASTRO system configuration. Motorola will make reasonable efforts to notify the Customer if there is an incompatibility. 7.2.8.5 General Statement of Work for System Upgrades 7.2.8.5.1 Upgrade Planning and Preparation All items listed in this section are to be completed at least 6 months prior to a scheduled upgrade. Motorola Responsibilities • Obtain and review infrastructure system audit data as needed. • Identify the backlog accumulation of security patches and antivirus upgrades needed to implement a system release. If applicable, provide a quote for the necessary labor, security patches, and antivirus upgrades. • If applicable, identify additional system hardware needed to implement a system release. • Identify Customer provided hardware that is not covered under this agreement, or where the Customer will be responsible for implementing the system release upgrade software. • Identify the equipment requirements and the installation plan. • Advise the Customer of probable impact to system users during the cloud update and the actual field upgrade implementation. • If applicable, advise the Customer on the network connection specifications necessary to perform the System Upgrade. • Where necessary to maintain existing functionality and capabilities, deploy and configure any additional telecommunications equipment necessary for connectivity to the cloud based technologies. • Assign program management support required to perform the certified System Upgrade. Prepare an overall System Upgrade schedule identifying key tasks and personnel resources required from Motorola and Customer for each task and phase of the System Upgrade. Conduct a review of this schedule and obtain mutual agreement of the same. • Assign installation and engineering labor required to perform the certified System Upgrade. • Provide access to cloud training videos, frequently asked questions, and help guide. • Deliver release impact and change management training to the primary zone core owners, outlining the changes to their system as a result of the upgrade path elected. This training needs to be completed at least 12 weeks prior to the scheduled System Upgrade. This training will not be provided separately for user agencies who reside on a zone core owned by another entity. Unless specifically stated in this document, Motorola will provide this training only once per system. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Customer Responsibilities • Contact Motorola to schedule and engage the appropriate Motorola resources for a system Contact Motorola to schedule a System Upgrade and provide necessary information requested by Motorola to execute the System Upgrade. Review System Upgrade schedule and reach mutual agreement of the same. • Identify hardware not purchased through Motorola that will require the system release upgrade software. • Purchase the security patches, antivirus upgrades and the labor necessary to address any security upgrades backlog accumulation, if applicable. Unless otherwise agreed in writing between Motorola and Customer, the installation and implementation of accumulated backlog security patches and network updates is the responsibility of the Customer. • If applicable, provide network connectivity at the zone core site(s) for Motorola to use to download and pre -position the software that is to be installed at the zone core site(s) and pushed to remote sites from there. Motorola will provide the network connection specifications. Network connectivity must be provided at least 12 weeks prior to the scheduled System Upgrade. In the event access to a network connection is unavailable, the Customer may be billed additional costs to execute the System Upgrade. • Assist in site walks of the system during the system audit when necessary. • Provide a list of any FRUs and/or spare hardware to be included in the System Upgrade when applicable. Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will provide a complete serial and model number list of the equipment. The inventory count of Customer FRUs and/or spare hardware to be included as of the start of the SUA is included in Section 7.2.8.8 System Pricing Configuration. • Acknowledge that new and optional system release features or system expansions, and their required implementation labor, are not within the scope of the SUA. The Customer may purchase these under a separate agreement. • Maintain an internet connection between the on premise radio solution and the cloud platform, unless provided by Motorola under separate Agreement. • Identify any Customer specific standard or requirements that may be implicated by the planned upgrade(s), including heightened cloud, IT, or information security related standards or requirements, such as those that may apply to U.S. Federal Customer or other government Customer standards. Motorola makes no representations as to the compliance of ASTRO SUA with any Customer specific standards, requirements, specifications, or terms, except to the extent expressly specified. • Participate in release impact training at least 12 weeks prior to the scheduled System Upgrade. This applies only to primary zone core owners. It is the zone core owner's responsibility to contact and include any user agencies that need to be trained, or to act as a training agency for those users not included. 7.2.8.5.2 System Readiness Checkpoint All items listed in this section are to be completed at least 30 days prior to a scheduled upgrade. Motorola Responsibilities • Perform appropriate system backups. • Work with the Customer to validate that all system maintenance is current. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Work with the Customer to validate that all available security patches and antivirus upgrades have been upgraded on the Customer's system. - Motorola reserves the right to charge the Customer for the security patches, antivirus updates and the labor necessary to address any security updates backlog accumulation, in the event that these are not completed by the Customer at the System Readiness Checkpoint. Customer Responsibilities • Validate that system maintenance is current. • Validate that all available security patches and antivirus upgrades to the Customer's system have been completed or contract Motorola to complete in time for the System Readiness Checkpoint. 7.2.8.5.3 System Upgrade Motorola Responsibilities • Perform system infrastructure upgrade for the system elements outlined in this SOW. Customer Responsibilities • Inform system users of software upgrade plans and scheduled system downtime. • Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable Motorola to provide software upgrade services. 7.2.8.5.4 Upgrade Completion Motorola Responsibilities • Validate all certified system upgrade deliverables are complete as contractually required. • Confirm with Customer that the cloud is available for beneficial use. Customer Responsibilities • Cooperate with Motorola in efforts to complete any post upgrade punch list items as needed. 7.2.8.6 Special Provisions The migration of capabilities from ASTRO 25 on -premises infrastructure to the cloud is not considered to be a platform migration and is therefore included in the deliverable of the SUA agreement. Technologies based on cloud architecture will be a part of the Motorola roadmap and may be subject to additional cloud terms and conditions. The SUA does not extend to customer -provided software and hardware. Motorola makes no warrants or commitments about adapting our standard system releases to accommodate customer implemented equipment. If during the course of an upgrade, it is determined that customer provided software and/or hardware does not function properly, Motorola will notify the customer of the limitations. The customer owns any costs and liabilities associated with making the customer provided software and/or hardware work with the standard Motorola system release. This includes, but is not limited to, Motorola costs for the deployment of resources to implement the upgrade once the limitations have been resolved by the customer. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-8 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Any Motorola software, including any system releases, is licensed to Customer solely in accordance with the applicable Motorola Software License Agreement. Any non -Motorola Software is licensed to Customer in accordance with the standard license, terms, and restrictions of the copyright owner unless the copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense the Non -Motorola Software pursuant to the Software License Agreement, in which case it applies and the copyright owner will have all of Licensor's rights and protections under the Software License Agreement. Motorola makes no representations or warranties of any kind regarding non -Motorola Software. Non -Motorola Software may include Open Source Software. ASTRO 25 SUA coverage and the parties' responsibilities described in this SOW will automatically terminate if Motorola no longer supports the ASTRO 25 7.x software version in the Customer's system or discontinues the ASTRO 25 SUA program. In either case, Motorola will refund to Customer any prepaid fees for ASTRO 25 SUA applicable to the terminated period. If the Customer cancels a scheduled upgrade within less than 12 weeks of the scheduled on site date, Motorola reserves the right to charge the Customer a cancellation fee equivalent to the cost of the pre- planning efforts completed by the Motorola Upgrade Operations Team. The ASTRO 25 SUA annualized price is based on the fulfillment of the system release upgrade in each eligible upgrade window. If the Customer terminates, except if Motorola is the defaulting party, the Customer will be required to pay for the balance of payments owed in that eligible upgrade window if a system release upgrade has been taken prior to the point of termination. 7.2.8.7 ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths The upgrade paths for standard ASTRO system releases are listed in Table 7-4: Certified Standard ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths. Table 7-4: Certified Standard ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths ASTRO 25 System Release Certified Upgrade Paths Pre-7.17.X A7.17.X A7.18 A2019.2 A2020.1 A2021.1 Upgrade to Current Shipping Release A2020.1 l A2021.1 111. A2021.1 A2022.1 g A2022.1 RIM The upgrade paths for high security ASTRO system releases for federal deployments are described in Table 7-5: Certified High Security ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths. Table 7-5: Certified High Security ASTRO 25 System Release Upgrade Paths ASTRO 25 High Security System Release Certified Upgrade Paths A7.17.X A2020.HS A2020.HS A2022.HS The release taxonomy for the ASTRO 25 7.x platform is expressed in the form "ASTRO 25 7.x release 20YY.Z". In this taxonomy, YY represents the year of the release, and Z represents the release count for that release year. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLU TIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-9 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 A20XX.HS enhances the ASTRO 25 System release with support for Public key infrastructure (PKI) Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification (CAC/PIV) and with Cyber Security Baseline Assurance. • The most current system release upgrade paths can be found in the most recent Lifecycle Services bulletin. • The information contained herein is provided for information purposes only and is intended only to outline Motorola's presently anticipated general technology direction. The information in the roadmap is not a commitment or an obligation to deliver any product, product feature or software functionality and Motorola reserves the right to make changes to the content and timing of any product, product feature, or software release. 7.2.8.8 System Pricing Configuration This configuration is to be reviewed annually from the contract effective date. Any change in system configuration may require an ASTRO 25 SUA price adjustment. Table 7-6: System Configuration System Configuration Core Configurations Cloud based Core On -premises Main Site On -premises Backup Site 0 0 0 1 1 • System Level Feature - Standalone servers (Critical Connect / Smart Connect) MOSCAD NFM RTU (typically 1 per site location) Network Management Clients IMW Servers Telephone Interconnect 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 AERSS Sensors Firewalls KMF Servers KMF Clients 0 0 i 0 0j Virtual Prime Sites IP Simulcast Prime Sites (include co-located/redundant) RF Sites (include Simulcast sub -sites, ASR sites, HPD sites) GTR 8000 Base Stations 0 0 0 0 Dispatch Site Configurations Dispatch Site Locations 0 1 Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-10 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 System Configuration MCC 7500 Dispatch Consoles AIS CCGWs MC EDGE Aux I/O AXS Console Dispatch Site Locations AXS Console PDH (Command Central Hub) AXS Servers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 NICE Logging recorders (IP, Telephony, or Analog) Purchased through Motorola MACH Alert FSA Purchased through Motorola Genesis Applications Purchased through Motorola MIN 0 0 0 7.2.8.9 SUA Coverage Table This appendix includes a breakdown of coverage under the SUA. System Upgrade coverage includes software and hardware coverage for equipment originally provided by Motorola. A "board -level replacement" is defined as any Field Replaceable Unit (FRU). Table 7-7: SUA Coverage Table System Upgrade Equipment Provided by Motorola Software Hardware Full Product Hardware Board - Level Servers Workstations Firewalls Routers LAN Switches CirrusNode MCC 7500 Voice Processing Module MCC 7500E Dispatch AIM MCC 7500E Dispatch (CommandCentral Hub) AXS PDH Client (CommandCentral Hub) SDM 3000 Aux I/O MC Edge Aux I/O Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-11 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 ASTRO Certified Solution System Upgrade GTR 8000 Base Stations GCP 8000 Site Controllers DSC 8000 Site Controllers GCM 8000 Comparators Motorola logging interface equipment PBX switches for telephone interconnect SDM 3000 RTU Conventional Channel Gateway (CCGW) NICE IP logging solutions (if software, hardware and lifecycle purchased from Motorola) MACH Alert FSA (if software, hardware and lifecycle purchased from Motorola) Genesis Applications (if software, hardware and lifecycle purchased from Motorola) ✓ ✓ AIM 7.3 Motorola Solutions Service Delivery Ecosystem Advanced Plus Services are delivered through a tailored combination of field service personnel, centralized teams, product repair depots, and MyView Portal. These service resources will collaborate to swiftly analyze network issues, accurately diagnose root causes, and efficiently resolve issues to return the network to normal operation. Motorola Solutions services will be delivered by staff experienced in servicing mission -critical networks. Motorola Solutions uses the Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL) framework to define service tasks based on industry -recognized best practices. As staff perform tasks, service incident information will be available to the Customer administrators and personnel through MyView Portal. Service activities and Motorola Solutions' service team are described in more detail below. 7.3.1 Centralized Managed Support Operations The cornerstone of Motorola Solutions' support process is the Centralized Managed Support Operations (CMSO) organization. This TL 9000/ISO 9001-certified organization is staffed 24x7x365 by experienced service desk specialists, security analysts, and operations managers. The CMSO houses critical central functions, including the Service Desk. The CMSO Service Desk will serve as a single point of contact for services. It processes service requests, service incidents, change requests, and dispatching. The Service Desk communicates necessary information to stakeholders, bridging communications among the Customer, Motorola Solutions, and third -party subcontractors. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-12 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Service Desk teams record, track, and update incidents through the Motorola Solutions Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. They document and respond to inquiries, requests, concerns, and service tickets. When an incident is initiated, the CMSO will engage with teams to resolve that incident. The CMSO will escalate to new teams when needed. Depending on the incident, the CMSO will coordinate incident resolution with local field service and authorized repair depots. 7.3.2 Field Service Motorola Solutions authorized and qualified field service technicians will perform the On -site Infrastructure Response service, repair malfunctioning hardware in the field, and conduct preventive maintenance tasks. These technicians will coordinate with the Service Desk, technical support teams, and product engineering as needed to resolve incidents. 7.3.3 Repair Depot The Motorola Solutions Repair Depot will provide the Customer with a central repair location. This will eliminate the need to send network equipment to multiple vendor locations for repair. Motorola Solutions tracks products sent to the Depot via a case management system throughout the repair process. This system will enable the Customer representatives to check repair status, from inbound shipment to return. 7.3.4 Customer Support Manager A Motorola Solutions Customer Support Manager (CSM) will be the Customer key point of contact for the definition and administration of services. The CSM will work with the Customer to define service delivery details to address the Customer specific priorities. 7.3.5 MyView Portal To provide the Customer with quick access to service details, Motorola Solutions will provide our MyView Portal online network information tool. MyView Portal provides our customers with real-time critical network and services information through an easy -to -use graphical interface. Figure 7-1: MyView Portal offers real-time, role -based access to critical network and services information. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-13 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement With MyView Portal, the Customer administrators will be able to monitor system health and maintenance updates. Capabilities include: • Viewing network and support compliance. • Viewing incident reports. • Updating and creating incidents. • Checking system update status. • Receiving pro -active notifications regarding updates. Available 24x7x365 from any web -enabled device, the information provided by MyView will be based on your needs and user access permissions, ensuring that the information displayed is secure and pertinent to your operations. Warranty and Maintenance © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 7-14 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 8 ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response 8.1 Solution Description 8.1.1 Solution Overview Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola) is pleased to present the proposed cybersecurity Managed Detection and Response (MDR) services for City of Miami, FL (hereinafter referred to as "Customer"). Identifying and mitigating cyber threats requires a reliable solution that supplies the right data to cybersecurity experts. Motorola will provide access to our ActiveEyeSM Security Platform, along with 24x7 support from specialized security technologists, who will monitor your mission critical network against threat and intrusion. The following ASTRO 25 MDR features and services are included in our proposal: • ActiveEyeSM Managed Detection and Response Elements - ActiveEyeSM Security Management Platform. - ActiveEyeSM Remote Security Sensor (AERSS). • Service Modules - Log Collection / Analytics. - Network Detection. - External Vulnerability Scanning. - Endpoint Detection and Response. • Security Operations Center Monitoring and Support 8.1.2 Site Information The following site information is included in the scope of our proposal: Table 8-1: Site Information Site / Location 1 Quantity Core Site Network Management Clients Dispatch Consoles AIS 1 1 4 1 ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 8-1 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Services Included The ActiveEye service modules included in our proposal are shown in the tables below. The Network Environment column will designate the location of each module: ASTRO 25 Radio Network Infrastructure (RNI), Customer Enterprise Network (CEN), or the Control Room CEN. Table 8-2: Service Modules Service Module Features Included Network Environment Log Collection / Analytics Network Detection Online Storage Period: 30 Day Storage Extended Log Storage Length: 12 Months Up to 1 Gbps per sensor port External Vulnerability Scanning Features in Section 2.2.3.3 Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR) ■ Online Storage Period: 30 Day Storage RNI RNI RNI RNI Note: CENs are out of scope and are the responsibility of the customer. 8.2 Service Description Managed Detection and Response is performed by Motorola's Security Operations Center (SOC) using the ActiveEye security platform. The SOC's cybersecurity analysts monitor for alerts 24x7x365. If a threat is detected, analysts will investigate and initiate an appropriate Customer engagement. Customer engagements may include, but are not limited to: requesting additional information from the Customer, continuing to monitor the event for further development, or informing the Customer to enact the Customer's documented Incident Response plan. SOC analysts rely on monitoring elements to detect signs of a potential threat impacting the Customer's ASTRO 25 network and applicable Customer Enterprise Network (CEN) systems. These elements are described below. The MDR service includes the deployment and optimization of these elements into the Customer's network. 8.2.1 Managed Detection and Response Elements This section and its subsections describe Managed Detection and Response elements, and their applicability for specific infrastructure. 8.2.1.1 ActiveEye Security Platform Motorola's ActiveEye security platform collects and analyzes security event streams from ActiveEye Remote Security Sensors (AERSS) in the Customer's ASTRO 25 network and applicable CEN systems, using security orchestration and advanced analytics to identify the most important security events from applicable systems. The ActiveEye platform is provided in the English language. The platform automates manual investigation tasks, verifies activity with external threat intelligence sources, and learns what events will require rapid response action. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 8-2 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 The Customer will receive access to the ActiveEye platform as part of this service. ActiveEye will serve as a single interface to display system security information. Using ActiveEyesM, the Customer will be able to configure alerts and notifications, review security data, and perform security investigations. Applies to included ASTRO 25 RNI, CEN, and Control Room CEN infrastructure. 8.2.1.2 ActiveEye Managed Security Portal The ActiveEye Managed Security Portal will synchronize security efforts between the Customer and Motorola. From this central point, the Customer will be able to view threat insights, event investigations, security reports, threat advisories, and status of any security cases. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS AAm.ekve aEeaaTrea Dashboard E HIGH GROWTH CORP Dashboard Security Overview Automation Response Times Credible Threats User Access lD SOC Monitoring On August 2023 111231 M 48 100% 0 __ mins 0 New Threats of Alerts Resolved Manual SC, ReTonse r Automation 1m g nr to.aedmle Threats 4 imm Ru g Credible Threats Total Credible Threats Security Cases Town PI 0 m Cases Pn Cases ADM Cases iKket Description There are no nex, open, or pending cases Figure 8-1: ActiveEye Portal 2 Active Cases 155 (Palding cunom.,-HBC [P3l Hcc [P3- Reply Required faNcn Black -Low Bak Threat Detected -test eae 135153 (Periling ca mmeo -HSC [PII HCC IPI- rvo Rep& Peply Bequeath Carbon Blackn[ ghRiskThreatDetected-Invoke- View All P A Security Advisories Jun 09 May Monthly Advisory View 411. Key information in the ActiveEye Portal is summarized on the dashboard. This dashboard provides details about open alerts, an overview of alert categories, alert processing, key performance indicators (KPI), open security cases, and recent threat advisories. Also, users can access more in-depth information like security cases, alert details, alert trends, reports, and group communications. Security Cases When the Customer and Motorola identify a threat, the SOC will create a security case. Through the ActiveEye Portal, the Customer can view details of current or past cases, create new cases, or respond to ongoing cases. Alert Details and Trends Alerts can be evidence of a past, active, or developing threat. ActiveEye records relevant data for each alert, enabling users to quickly view its triggers, systems it impacts, and any actions taken to address the alert. ActiveEye Portal also provides tools for reviewing groups of alerts based on key attributes or time periods. Attribute filters enable users to toggle which alert groups ActiveEye Portal shows, helping ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 8-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement to spot trends or threat activity. Users can also compare alert logs for specific time periods to determine if specific trends are associated with a threat or are false positives. Investigations and Reporting ActiveEye Portal includes robust ad hoc reporting capabilities, which will provide important, additional information about active and historical threats. Users can share information outside of ActiveEye Portal by downloading reports in .csv or .json format. In addition to ad hoc reporting, ActiveEye Portal can provide a daily email summary and monthly report. Daily email summaries can include alert counts, security cases opened or closed, saved queries that have new data, and detailed endpoint security statistics. If needed, ActiveEye Portal can send one or more summary emails with different content for different groups. Monthly reports are available as a PDF download. Security Advisories Security Advisories are messages initiated from the SOC that share information on active threats with the Customer's security teams. These advisories guide security teams on how to best take action against a threat and tell them where they can find further information. Information Sharing The ActiveEye Portal includes several functions for sharing information. Automatic security alerts notify pre -defined contacts of incidents, based on incident priority. Other information sharing functions include: • SOC Bulletins - Instructions from the Customer, or the SOC, that SOC analysts reference when creating security cases. These can communicate short-term situations where a security case may not be needed, such as during testing or maintenance windows. • Customer Notebook - The SOC will use the Customer Notebook to document the Customer's environment and any specific network implementation details that will help the SOC investigate security cases. • Contact Procedures - Escalation procedures and instructions on who to contact if an incident occurs. Contact procedures include instructions and procedures for specific security incident levels. The SOC and the Customer will jointly manage contact procedures. User Access The ActiveEye Portal provides the ability to add, update, and remove user access. Every ActiveEye user can save queries, customize reports, and set up daily email summaries. Users may be given administrative access, allowing them to perform administrative tasks, such as setting up new service connectors, resetting passwords, and setting up multi -factor authentication for other users. 8.2.1.3 ActiveEye Remote Security Sensor One or more AERSS will be deployed into the ASTRO 25 network and if applicable to CEN environments to deliver the service. These sensors monitor geo diverse sites for security events and pass security information to the ActiveEye platform. AERSS integrate the ActiveEye platform with network elements, enabling it to collect logs from Syslog, as well as to analyze network traffic over port(s) and scan elements for vulnerabilities. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 8-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement The following are the environmental requirements and specifications the Customer must provide to prepare for the AERSS deployment. Specifications Requirements Rack Space Power Consumption (Max) Power Input Current Circuit Breaker Line Cord Heat Dissipation (max) Internet Service Bandwidth 1U 550 Watts (Redundant Power Supply) 100-240V AC 3.7 A — 7.4 A Qty. 2 NEMA 5-15P 2107 BTU/hr. Bandwidth throughput 10Mbps per zone Applies to included ASTRO 25 RNI, CEN, and Control Room CEN infrastructure. 8.2.1.4 Internetworking Firewall Motorola introduces a formalized and centralized Internet connection to the ASTRO 25 system using an Internetworking Firewall. The Internetworking Firewall serves as a security barrier and demarcation point between a master site and the Internet (or a customer network leading to the Internet). The Internetworking Firewall supports traffic for various ASTRO 25 features that require access to the Internet. The Internetworking Firewall sits between the Demilitarized Zone (DMZ) and the Internet (or customer network leading to the Internet). The following are the environmental requirements and specifications the Customer must provide to prepare for the Internetworking Firewall deployment, if one is required. Specifications ■1 Requirement Rack Space Power Consumption (Max) Power Input Current Circuits Breaker Heat Dissipation (Max) Line Cord Internet Service Bandwidth 1U 28.6 W (Single Power Supply) 100-240V AC .52 A Qty. 1 97.6 BTU/hr. NEMA 5-15P Bandwidth throughput 10 MB High availability Internet Connection (99.99% (4-9s) or higher). Packet loss < 0.5%. Jitter <10 ms. Delay < 120 ms. RJ45 Port Speed - Auto Negotiate ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 8-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 8.2.2 Service Modules ActiveEye delivers service capability by integrating one or more service modules. These modules provide ActiveEye analytics more information to correlate and a clearer vision of events on Customer's network. In addition, modules enable security teams and analysts to more easily access and compare data from these disparate systems. The following subsections describe each ActiveEyesM service module in detail. 8.2.2.1 Log Collection / Analytics The AERSS deployed in the system collects logs and other security information from applicable servers, workstations, switches, routers, Network Detection, and firewalls. This information is forwarded to the ActiveEye platform, which uses advanced analytics to identify signs of security incidents. If it identifies signs of a security incident, ActiveEye notifies the SOC for further analysis. Collected events will be stored in the ActiveEye Security Management Platform to enable historical searching or threat hunting as needed. Some high volume, repetitive logs may be aggregated as noted in the documentation. The default storage time period is one year, but no longer than 90 days, following expiration or termination of the Agreement. A longer time period can be provided if subscribed, see Table 8-2: Service Modules for subscription details. 8.2.2.2 Network Detection The AERSS supports Network Detection, constantly monitoring traffic passing across, into, or out of infrastructure. Network Detection analyzes traffic for signs of malicious activity in real time, and performs packet level and flow level analysis to enable communications modeling. This information is used to identify anomalous behavior that is not captured by pre -defined traffic signatures, including traffic using encrypted connections. Network Detection forwards detected suspicious activity to the SOC for further analysis. 8.2.2.3 External Vulnerability Scanning External Vulnerability Scanning is provided for the ASTRO internet-facing, external network interfaces. The scan is enabled from an internet cloud hosted service outside the ASTRO network. Discovery and vulnerability scans will be run quarterly or on a less frequent schedule defined with the Customer. 8.2.2.4 Endpoint Detection and Response Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR) is an endpoint security agent that integrates with the ActiveEye security platform to provide additional threat detection, investigation, and response actions to optimize protection of critical systems. EDR integration with ActiveEye accelerates investigations by making necessary information available for analysts in a single platform where they can quickly access details of what caused an alert, its context, and its history. The platform enables analysts to initiate response actions (i.e. isolate host, ban or block a file hash, terminate a process) on endpoints to respond to detection of verified malicious activity within the system. Available responses are determined by the Customer's security policies. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 8-6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 8.2.3 Security Operations Center Services Motorola delivers SOC Monitoring using one or more SOC facilities. The SOC includes any centralized hardware and software used to deliver this Service and its service modules. The SOC and its centralized hardware and software are housed within an SSAE-18 compliant data center. Motorola's SOC is staffed with security experts who will use ActiveEye Security Management Platform to monitor elements integrated by service modules. In addition, SOC staff will take advantage of their extensive experience to investigate and triage detected threats, and to recommend responses to the Customer. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 8-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 9 ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work 9.1 Overview In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, this Statement of Work (SOW), including all of its subsections and attachments, defines the principal activities and responsibilities of all parties for the delivery of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola) Cybersecurity services as presented in this proposal to City of Miami, FL (Customer). Motorola's ASTRO 25 MDR provides monitoring of radio network security information by specialized cybersecurity analysts with extensive experience working with ASTRO 25 mission -critical networks. The following sections describe the deliverables of the service, its technologies, and service obligations. In order to receive the services as defined within this SOW, the Customer is required to keep the system within a standard support period as described in Motorola's Software Support Policy (SwSP). Contact your local Customer Support Manager for details. 9.2 Description of Service 9.2.1 Deployment Timeline and Milestones The following phase descriptions lay out the necessary deployment activities and milestones required to achieve service readiness: Phase 1: Service Onboarding After contract signature, Motorola will schedule a service kick-off meeting with the Customer and provide information -gathering documents. This kick-off meeting is conducted remotely at the earliest, mutually available opportunity within 30 days of contract signing. Customer is to identify and ensure participation of key team members in kickoff and project initiation activities. The Customer will be provisioned onto the ActiveEyesM MDR portal and be able to configure key contacts for interaction with the Security Operations team. The portal will enable service notifications, access to vulnerability scans and cybersecurity advisories. The first vulnerability scan will be conducted and reported within the first 30-day period. The Customer will receive instructions for accessing the Security Operations Center and Incident Response (IR) teams within the first 30 days. Once access is provisioned, the customer will receive any assistance required from the IR team. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Phase 2: Infrastructure Readiness Motorola will provide detailed requirements regarding Customer infrastructure preparation actions after kick-off meeting. It is the Customer's responsibility to accomplish all agreed upon infrastructure preparations. It is Motorola's responsibility to separately complete any obligated and/or agreed infrastructure readiness tasks. Phase 3: System Build -Out and Deployment Motorola Solutions will build and provision tools in accordance with the requirements of this proposal and consistent with information gathered in earlier phases. Motorola Solutions will also provide detailed requirements regarding Customer deployment actions. The Customer may be required to deploy software and/or configurations in cases where Motorola Solutions does not manage the device and does not have access or authorization to perform the installation. Motorola Solutions will coordinate with the customer to identify and schedule mutually agreeable maintenance windows where Motorola Solutions will perform integration of endpoint detection and response agents at in -scope sites and Customer Enterprise Networks (CENs). Endpoint detection and response agents will not be installed at sites that do not meet the minimum connectivity requirements (either site links with sufficient bandwidth or Control Room Firewalls with customer provided internet). Motorola Solutions will leave the existing antivirus solution in place on endpoints located at these out of scope sites. Phase 4: Monitoring "Turn Up" Motorola will verify all in -scope assets are forwarding logs or events. Motorola will notify Customer of any exceptions. Motorola will begin monitoring any properly connected in -scope sources after the initial tuning period. Phase 5: Tuning/Report Setup Motorola will conduct initial tuning of the events and alarms in the service and conduct an additional ActiveEyesM Portal training session. Service Commencement The Service will commence with the Service Onboarding phase or within 30-days of contract signature, whichever event occurs soonest for existing customers. In the case of a new ASTRO system, the Service will commence in parallel to the commencement date of the core ASTRO Service package "Turn Up" date. Motorola and the Customer will collaborate to complete the additional deployment tasks. 9.2.2 General Responsibilities 9.2.2.1 Motorola Responsibilities • Provide, maintain, and when necessary, repair under warranty hardware and software required to monitor the ASTRO 25 network and applicable CEN systems Inclusive of the AERSS and all software operating on it. - If the Centralized Event Logging feature is not installed on the Customer's ASTRO 25 RNI, Motorola will install it as part of this service. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Coordinate with the Customer on any system changes necessary to integrate the AERSS into the system and establish necessary connectivity. • Provide software and licenses to the Customer necessary to remotely monitor the ASTRO 25 network and applicable CEN environments. • Integrate EDR agents as per the "Deployment Timeline and Milestones" section in all network segments where endpoint detection and response is in scope. - Note that network segments with insufficient connectivity to support endpoint detection and response will be considered out of scope for endpoint detection and response. - Motorola Solutions will perform the installation of endpoint detection and response agents in the RNI-DMZ CEN(s) and Control Room CEN(s) for all Motorola Solutions managed devices that support endpoint detection and response agents. - Motorola Solutions will support the customer with installing endpoint detection and response agents in the RNI-DMZ CEN(s) and Control Room CEN(s) for any device that supports endpoint detection and response agents and is not Motorola Solutions managed. Due to the fact that Motorola Solutions does not typically manage the devices and network connectivity for endpoints in the Control Room CEN, it is ultimately the customer's responsibility to perform this installation. • Assist the Customer with the installation of log forwarding agents on systems that are not managed by Motorola Solutions. Note, Motorola Solutions will perform installation on all endpoints that are managed by Motorola Solutions. • Verify connectivity and monitoring is active prior to start of service. • Coordinate with the Customer to maintain Motorola service authentication credentials. • Monitor the Customer's ASTRO 25 network and applicable CEN systems 24/7/365 for malicious or unusual activity. • Respond to security incidents in the Customer's system in accordance with Section 9.3.6: Incident Priority Level Definitions and Response Times. This may include, but is not limited to, requesting additional information from the Customer, continuing to monitor the event for further development or informing the Customer to enact the Customer's documented Incident Response plan. • Assist the Customer with identifying devices that support logging within the ASTRO 25 network and that applicable CEN systems have been configured to forward Syslog events to the AERSS. • Provide the Customer with access to the ActiveEye platform enabling Customer access to security event and incident details. • Configure and maintain networking infrastructure physical and logical configuration to mirror (typically via a port(s) on a switch) network traffic to the ActiveEyesM sensor for applicable CEN systems. 9.2.2.2 Customer Responsibilities • The ASTRO25 MDR service requires a connection from the Customer's ASTRO 25 network and applicable CEN systems to the Internet. Establish connectivity with sufficient bandwidth before service commences. Internet service bandwidth requirements are as follows: - Bandwidth throughput of 10MB. - High availability Internet Connection (99.99% (4-9s) or higher). ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement - Packet loss < 0.5%. - Jitter <10 ms. - Delay < 120 ms. - RJ45 Port Speed - Auto Negotiate. • Maintain an active subscription for: - Security Update Service (SUS) (or Remote Security Update Service), ensuring patches and antivirus definitions are applied according to the release cadence of the service. - ASTRO Dispatch Service and ASTRO Infrastructure Response. • If an ASTRO site link will be leveraged for endpoint detection and response communications, that site link must support a minimum of 2 Mbps of bandwidth. • Allow Motorola continuous remote access to monitor the ASTRO 25 network and applicable CEN systems. This includes keeping the connection active, providing passwords, and working with Motorola to understand and maintain administration privileges. • Provide continuous utility service(s) to any equipment installed or utilized at the Customer's premises to support service delivery and remote monitoring. • Provide Motorola with contact information necessary to complete the Customer Support Plan (CSP). Notify the Customer's Customer Support Manager (CSM) within two weeks of any contact information changes. • Notify Motorola if any components are added to or removed from the environment as it may be necessary to update or incorporate in Managed Detection and Response. Changes to monitored components may result in changes to the pricing of the Managed Detection and Response service. • Allow Motorola's dispatched field service technicians physical access to monitoring hardware when required. • Cooperate with Motorola and perform all acts that are required to enable Motorola to provide the services described in this SOW. • Respond to Cybersecurity Incident Cases created by the Motorola SOC. 9.2.3 Service Modules The following subsections describe the delivery of the service modules selected in Table 8-2: Service Modules. 9.2.3.1 Log Analytics The AERSS deployed in the system collects logs and other security information from applicable servers, workstations, switches, routers, Network Detection, and firewalls. This information is forwarded to the ActiveEye platform, which uses advanced analytics to identify signs of security incidents. If it identifies signs of a security incident, ActiveEye notifies the SOC for further analysis. Motorola Responsibilities • Consult with and advise the Customer on performing necessary system configurations to direct log sources to the appropriate Remote Security Sensor. • The SOC will consult with the Customer to identify appropriate log sources for the level of threat detection desired in each environment. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Customer Responsibilities • If applicable, configure customer -managed networking infrastructure to allow AERSS to Communicate with ActiveEye as defined. • If applicable, configure any Customer managed devices in the CEN to forward data to ActiveEye. Applies to included ASTRO 25 RNI, CEN, and Control Room CEN infrastructure. 9.2.3.2 Network Detection The AERSS deploys a Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS), constantly monitoring traffic passing across, into, or out of infrastructure. Network Detection analyzes traffic for signs of malicious activity in real time and performs packet level and flow level analysis to enable communications modeling. This information is used to identify anomalous behavior that is not captured by pre -defined traffic signatures, including traffic using encrypted connections. Network Detection forwards detected suspicious activity to the SOC for further analysis. Motorola Responsibilities • Work with the Customer to integrate AERSS. • Optimize the policies and configuration to tune out noise and highlight potential threats. • The SOC consults with the Customer to identify the appropriate deployment of Network Detection Service Components. The SOC will monitor and update the security policy of each sensor to tune out unnecessary alerting and flow monitoring so that the system is optimized to detect true malicious activity. Customer Responsibilities • If necessary, configure Customer's networking infrastructure to allow AERSS to communicate with ActiveEye as defined. • For Customer's owned CEN infrastructure, configure and maintain networking infrastructure physical and logical configuration to mirror (typically via a port(s) on a switch) network traffic to the ActiveEye sensor. • Initiate recommended response actions when active attacks are detected. Applies to included ASTRO 25 RNI, CEN, and Control Room CEN infrastructure. 9.2.3.3 External Vulnerability Scanning External Vulnerability Scanning is provided for the ASTRO internet-facing, external network interfaces. The scan is enabled from an internet cloud hosted service outside the ASTRO network. Discovery and vulnerability scans will be run quarterly or on a less frequent schedule defined with the Customer. The initial scan results will be discussed with the Customer during service onboarding. Subsequent scans will be reviewed by a cybersecurity analyst. If any new findings of interest surface, a ticket will be created to communicate these findings with the customer defined contacts. Motorola Responsibilities • Configure scans to match the Customer's preferences for external scope. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Verify vulnerability scans are operating correctly. • Make generated results available in the Customer's ActiveEye portal. • Create ticket notifications for significant, new findings of interest. Customer Responsibilities • During Service Onboarding kickoff, provide Motorola with the IP addresses and/or domain names to be included in the external vulnerability scans. • In accepting this Statement of Work, the Customer authorizes Motorola to engage in external vulnerability scans of internet-facing, external assets disclosed by the Customer. • Update Motorola with any changes to the IP addresses and/or domain names of the internet- facing, external assets subject to the external vulnerability scans. • If the information required to enable vulnerability scanning of the internet-facing, external assets is not provided initially or is not current at any time during the term, Motorola will suspend scans until it is reasonably satisfied that it has been provided with the most current information. • Review all quarterly vulnerability reports, and tickets of new findings. • Perform any remediation actions required to address identified vulnerabilities. Applies to Internet facing assets only. 9.2.3.4 Endpoint Detection and Response Endpoint detection and response agents deployed on in -scope and supported Windows and Linux hosts and servers throughout the system constantly monitor for indicators of compromise and feed this information back to the ActiveEye Security Platform. The Security Operations Center monitors this feed and is ready 24x7 to take action when a detection is made. Motorola Responsibilities • Install and/or support the installation of endpoint detection and response agents on in scope endpoints in the system as detailed in the "Deployment Timeline and Milestones" section. • Monitor endpoint detection and response feeds for detections of indicators of compromise. • In the event of the detection of an indicator of compromise, perform detailed investigations of the event. • Per the customer's security policies and defined incident response plan, alert and engage the customer and potentially take an action to deploy a countermeasure to contain the incident. Customer Responsibilities • Work with Motorola Solutions to ensure that there is a documented incident response plan that indicates how Motorola should engage with the customer in the event of a detection of an indicator of compromise. • Provide and maintain contact information for a customer point of contact that can take action or authorize Motorola to take action in the event of a detection of an indicator of compromise. Applies to in scope ASTRO 25 RNI, CEN and Control Room CEN infrastructure. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 9.3 Security Operations Center Monitoring and Support 9.3.1 Scope Motorola delivers SOC Monitoring using one or more SOC facilities. The SOC includes any centralized hardware and software used to deliver this Service and its service modules. The SOC and its centralized hardware and software are housed within an SSAE-18 compliant data center. Motorola's SOC is staffed with security experts who will use ActiveEye Security Management Platform to monitor elements integrated by service modules. In addition, SOC staff will take advantage of their extensive experience to investigate, and triage detected threats, and to recommend responses to the Customer. Customer support is provided in the English language. Motorola will start monitoring the ASTRO 25 MDR service in accordance with Motorola processes and procedures after deployment, as described in Section 9.2.1: Deployment Timeline and Milestones. The SOC receives system -generated alerts 24x7 and provides the Customer with a toll -free telephone number and email address for support requests, available 24x7. Support requests are stored in a ticketing system for accountability and reporting. The SOC will respond to detected events in accordance with Section 9.3.6: Incident Priority Level Definitions and Response Times. 9.3.2 Ongoing Security Operations Center Service Responsibilities Motorola Responsibilities If a probable security incident is detected, provide phone and email support to: • Engage the Customer's defined Incident Response Process. • Gather relevant information and attempt to determine the extent of compromise using existing monitoring capabilities in place as part of the ASTRO 25 MDR service. • Analysis and support to help the Customer determine if the Customer's corrective actions are effective. • Continuous monitoring, in parallel with analysis, to support incident response. Customer Responsibilities • Provide Motorola with accurate and up-to-date information, including the name, email, landline telephone numbers, and mobile telephone numbers for all designated, authorized Customer escalation Points of Contact (PoC). • Provide a timely response to SOC security incident tickets or investigation questions. 9.3.3 Technical Support ActiveEye Security Management Technical Support provides the Customer with a toll -free telephone number and email address for ActiveEye Security Management support requests, available Monday through Friday from 8am to 7pm CST. Motorola Responsibilities • Notify Customer of any scheduled maintenance or planned outages. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement • Provide technical support, security control, and service improvements related to ActiveEye. Customer Responsibilities • Provide sufficient information to allow Motorola technical support agents to diagnose and resolve the issue. Limitations and Exclusions Technical support is limited to the implementation and use of the ActiveEye Security Management platform and does not include use or implementation of third -party components. 9.3.4 Incident Response An Indicator of Compromise (loC) is an observable event that Motorola Security Analysts have determined will jeopardize the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of the system. Examples of loC include ransomware or malicious use of PowerShell. When an loC is observed, the Motorola Security Operations team will engage with the customer to investigate the issue, determine the extent of the compromise and contain the activity to the extent possible with the Motorola security controls deployed within the environment. This expert guidance is available upon contract signature and extends through MDR infrastructure deployment phases and the term of the contract. When an loC is observed by the Security Analyst, Motorola and Customer will be responsible for the tasks defined in the following subsections. Motorola Responsibilities • Upon the identification of an loC, notify the Customer's documented contact and initiate the escalation plan. • Take documented, Customer approved actions in an attempt to contain an loC to the extent enabled via Motorola managed technology. Communicate to the Customer any additional potential containment actions and incident response resources that can be taken across the Customer's managed IT infrastructure. • Perform investigation using the ActiveEye Managed Detection and Response integrated and enabled data sources in an initial attempt to determine the extent of an loC. • Document and share loC and artifacts discovered during investigation. Motorola services exclude performing on -site data collection or official forensic capture activities on physical devices. Customer Responsibilities • Maintain one named PoC to coordinate regular team discussions and organize data collection and capture across the Customer and Motorola teams. • If determined to be required by Customer, contract an Incident Response service provider to perform procedures beyond the scope of this Agreement such as forensic data capture, additional malware removal, system recovery, ransomware payment negotiation, law enforcement engagement, insurance provider communications, identify patient zero, etc. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-8 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 9.3.5 Event Response and Notification Motorola will analyze events created and/or aggregated by the Service, assess their type, and notify the Customer in accordance with the following table. Table 9-1: Event Handling Event Type 1 Notification Requirement False Positive or Benign Event of Interest (EOI) Any event(s) determined by Motorola Solutions to not likely have a negative security impact on the organization. Any event(s) determined by Motorola Solutions to likely have a negative security impact on the organization. None Escalate to Customer in accordance with routine notification procedure. Escalate in accordance with urgent notification procedure when required by agreed -upon thresholds and SOC analysis. Notification procedures are included in Table 9-2: Notification Procedures. Notification Motorola will establish notification procedures with the Customer, generally categorized in accordance with the following table. Table 9-2: Notification Procedures Notification Procedure Details Routine Notification Procedure Urgent Notification Procedure The means, addresses, format, and desired content (within the capabilities of the installed technology) for Events of Interest. These can be formatted for automated processing, e.g., by ticketing systems. Additional, optional means and addresses for notifications of Events of Interest that require urgent notification. These usually include telephone notifications. Motorola will notify the Customer according to the escalation and contact procedures defined by the Customer and Motorola during the implementation process. Tuning Motorola will assess certain events to be environmental noise, potentially addressable configuration issues in the environment, or false positives. Motorola may recommend these be addressed by the Customer to preserve system and network resources. Motorola will provide the Customer with the ability to temporarily suppress alerts reaching ActiveEyesM enabling a co -managed approach to tuning and suppressing events or alarms. The SOC may permanently suppress particular alerts and alarms if not necessary for actionable threat detection. Tuning Period Exception The tuning period is considered to be the first thirty (30) days after each service module has been confirmed deployed and configured and starts receiving data. During the tuning period, Motorola may make recommendations to the Customer to adjust the configurations of their installed software so Services can be effectively delivered. Service Availability will not be applicable during the tuning period ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-9 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 and responses or notifications may not be delivered. However, Motorola will provide responses and notifications during this period. Motorola may continue to recommend necessary tuning changes after this period, with no impact on Service Availability. 9.3.6 Incident Priority Level Definitions and Response Times Priority for an alert -generated incident or EOI is determined by the ActiveEye Platform analytics that process multiple incoming alert feeds, automation playbooks, and cybersecurity analyst knowledge. Table 9-3: Priority Level Definitions and Response Times Incident Priority Incident Definition Notification Time Critical P1 High P2 Security incidents that have caused or are suspected to have caused significant damage to the functionality of Customer's ASTRO 25 system or information stored within it. Effort to recover from the incident may be significant. Examples: • Malware that is not quarantined by anti -virus. • Evidence that a monitored component has communicated with suspected malicious actors. Security incidents that have localized impact and may become more serious if not quickly addressed. Effort to recover from the incident may be moderate to significant. Examples: • Malware that is quarantined by antivirus. • Multiple behaviors observed in the system that are consistent with known attacker techniques. Medium P3 Security incidents that potentially indicate an attacker is performing reconnaissance or initial attempts at accessing the system. Effort to recover from the incident may be low to moderate. Examples include: • Suspected unauthorized attempts to log into user accounts. • Suspected unauthorized changes to system configurations, such as firewalls or user accounts. • Observed failures of security components. • Informational events. • User account creation or deletion. • Privilege change for existing accounts. Low P4 These are typically service requests from the Customer. N Response provided 24 hours, 7 days a week, including US public holidays. F Response provided 24 hours, 7 days a week, including US public holidays. Response provided on standard business days, Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. CST/CDT, excluding US public holidays. Response provided on standard business days, Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. CST/CDT, excluding US public holidays. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-10 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 9.3.6.1 Response Time Goals Priority Response Time Critical An SOC Cybersecurity Analyst will make contact with the customer technical representative within P1 one (1) hour of the request for support being logged in the issue management system or the creation of an alert suggesting a cybersecurity incident that requires action. Continual effort will be maintained to identify the extent of the incident and provide actions for containment. High P2 An SOC Cybersecurity Analyst will make contact with the customer technical representative within four (4) hours of the request for support being logged at the issue management system or the creation of an alert suggesting a cybersecurity incident that requires action. Continual effort will be Ism maintained to identify the extent of the incident and provide actions for containment. Medium An SOC Cybersecurity Support Engineer will make contact with the customer technical P3 representative within the next business day of the request for support being logged at the issue management system or the creation of an alert suggesting a cybersecurity incident that requires action. Low P4 An SOC Cybersecurity Support Engineer will make contact with the Customer technical representative within seven business days of the logged request for support at the issue management system. 9.3.6.2 ActiveEye Platform Availability The platform utilizes a multi -zone architecture which can recover from failures in different data collection, enhancement, analysis, and visualization tiers. Motorola will make commercially reasonable efforts to provide monthly availability of 99.9% for the ActiveEye Platform services. Service availability is subject to limited scheduled downtime for servicing and upgrades, as well as unscheduled and unanticipated downtime resulting from circumstances or events outside of Motorola's reasonable control, such as disruptions of, or damage, to the Customer's or a third-party's information or communications systems or equipment, telecommunication circuit availability/performance between Customer sites, any on -premises core and/or between on -premises equipment and the ActiveEyesM Platform. 9.3.6.3 ActiveEye Remote Security Sensor One or more AERSS may be deployed as part of the MDR solution. The AERSS is configured with multiple local redundancy features such as hot -swap hard disk drives in a redundant drive array configuration and dual redundant power supplies. The AERSS and all components of ActiveEye are monitored by a dedicated Site Reliability Engineering team. In cases of hardware failure of the AERSS, Motorola will provide, subject to active service subscriptions in the Customer contract, onsite services to repair the AERSS and restore service. AERSS operation and outage troubleshooting requires network connection to the ActiveEye Platform which may be impacted by customer configuration changes, telecommunications connectivity, and/or customer network issues/outages. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-11 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 9.4 Limitations and Exclusion Motorola's ASTRO MDR service does not include services to perform physical containment and/or remediation of confirmed security incidents, remote or onsite. The Customer may choose to purchase additional Incident Response professional services to assist in the creation of and/or completion of a Customer's Incident Response Plan. Motorola's scope of services does not include responsibilities relating to active protection of customer data, including its transmission to Motorola, recovery of data available through the products or services, or remediation or responsibilities relating to the loss of data, ransomware, or hacking. Motorola does not represent that it will identify, fully recognize, discover or resolve all security events or threats, system vulnerabilities, malicious codes, files or malware, indicators of compromise or internal threats or concerns. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THE AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, MOTOROLA WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR (A) INTERRUPTION OR FAILURE OF CONNECTIVITY, VULNERABILITIES, OR SECURITY EVENTS; (B) DISRUPTION OF OR DAMAGE TO CUSTOMER'S OR THIRD PARTIES' SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, OR DATA, INCLUDING DENIAL OF ACCESS TO USERS, OR SHUTDOWN OF SYSTEMS CAUSED BY INTRUSION DETECTION SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE; (C) AVAILABILITY OR ACCURACY OF ANY DATA AVAILABLE THROUGH THE SERVICES, OR INTERPRETATION, USE, OR MISUSE THEREOF; (D) TRACKING AND LOCATION -BASED SERVICES; OR (E) BETA SERVICES. 9.4.1 Service Limitations Cybersecurity services are inherently limited and will not guarantee that the Customer's system will be error -free or immune to security breaches as a result of any or all of the services described in this SOW. Motorola does not warrant or guarantee that this service will identify all cybersecurity incidents that occur in the Customer's system. Services and deliverables are limited by, among other things, the evolving and often malicious nature of cyber threats, conduct/attacks, as well as the complexity/disparity and evolving nature of Customer computer system environments, including supply chains, integrated software, services, and devices. To the extent we do offer recommendations in connection with the services, unless otherwise stated in the Statement of Work, our recommendations are necessarily subjective, may or may not be correct, and may be based on our assumptions relating to the relative risks, priorities, costs and benefits that we assume apply to you. 9.4.2 Processing of Customer Data in the United States and/or other Locations Customer understands and agrees that data obtained, accessed, or utilized in the performance of the services may be transmitted to, accessed, monitored, and/or otherwise processed by Motorola in the U.S. and/or other Motorola operations globally. Customer consents to and authorizes all such processing and agrees to provide, obtain, or post any necessary approvals, consents, or notices that may be necessary to comply with applicable law. 9.4.3 Customer and Third -Party Information Customer understands and agrees that Motorola may obtain, use and/or create and use, anonymized, aggregated and/or generalized Customer Data, such as data relating to actual and potential security threats and vulnerabilities, for its lawful business purposes, including improving its services and sharing and leveraging such information for the benefit of Customer, other customers, and other interested ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-12 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement parties. For avoidance of doubt, so long as not specifically identifying the Customer, Customer Data shall not include, and Motorola shall be free to use, share and leverage security threat intelligence and mitigation data generally, including without limitation, third party threat vectors and IP addresses (i.e., so long as not defined as personal information under applicable law), file hash information, domain names, malware signatures and information, information obtained from third party sources, indicators of compromise, and tactics, techniques, and procedures used, learned or developed in the course of providing Services, which data shall be deemed Service Use Data (i.e., Motorola data). 9.4.4 Third -Party Software and Service Providers, including Resale Motorola may use, engage, license, resell, interface with or otherwise utilize the products or services of third -party processors or sub -processors and other third -party software, hardware, or services providers (such as, for example, third -party endpoint detection and response providers). Such processors and sub -processors may engage additional sub -processors to process personal data and other Customer Data. Customer understands and agrees that the use of such third -party products and services, including as it relates to any processing or sub -processing of data, is subject to each respective third- party's own terms, licenses, End User License Agreements (EULA), privacy statements, data processing agreements and/or other applicable terms. Such third -party providers and terms may include the following, if applicable, or as otherwise made available publicly, through performance, or upon request. Motorola disclaims any and all responsibility for any and all loss or costs of any kind associated with security events. Motorola disclaims any responsibility for customer use or implementation of any recommendations provided in connection with the services. Implementation of recommendations does not ensure or guarantee the security of the systems and operations evaluated. ASTRO 25 Managed Detection and Response Statement of Work © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 9-13 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Section 10 Pricing 10.1 Year 1 Price Description Qty MSRP Sourcewell Disc. Police Portables — APX NEXT Single -Band & Accessories • 7 Yrs. of DMS Essential / Accidental Damage Warranty • Yr. 1 of LTE Smart Application Services - SmartLocate / SmartMapping - SmartMessaging - SmartConnect - SmartProgramming - Unit Management • • Yr. 1 of CommandCentral Aware for Location and Messaging Fire Portables — APX NEXT XE Multi -Band & Accessories i 450 • 7 Yrs. of DMS Essential / Accidental Damage Warranty • Yr. 1 of LTE Smart Application Services - SmartLocate / SmartMapping - SmartMessaging - SmartConnect - SmartProgramming • Yr. 1 of CommandCentral Aware for Location and Messaging Training and Deployment • Radio Programming (2050 Radios) • Provisioning (2050 Radios) • Training • Deployment and Post -Deployment Support • Viavi CX300 Service Monitor SmartConnect Infrastructure • ASTRO 25 Core / SmartConnect Gateway / 1-Yr Warranty • Four (4) Dispatch Consoles • Four (4) Gateways (CCGW) • Installation, Configuration & Test • Managed Detection Response (MDR) • ASTRO Connectivity Service (ACS) Automatic ISSI Switching & ASTRO Core at CAB • MPLS Routers (4) / Firewalls (6) / Juniper Switches (1) • Engineering Services, Installation & Configuration • Project Management 7600 $22,041,557 M 2050 $6,880,889 J $16,735,225 $5,208,625 $490,278 $490,278 1 $4,273,149III $2,669,335 $391,289 $359,986 Yr. 1 Sub -Total $34,077,162 $25,463,449 Pricing © MOTOROLA SOLO TIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 10-1 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Description ■ MSRP Total Sourcewell Contract Discount Sourcewell Contract Price City of Miami 2000+ Unit Volume Discount Sub -Total with 1-Yr Subscriptions Additional Negotiated Radio Discount: Training and Deployment Additional Negotiated Radio Discount: Automatic ISSI Switching & CAB Location Additional Negotiated Radio Discount: Police & Fire Legacy Radio Trade-in II -$1,055,287 Additional Negotiated Radio Discount: SmartConnect Infrastructure ill= -$1,735,068 ' $34,077,162 p -$8,613,713 I $25,463,449 -$2,007,409 $23,456,040 -$490,278 -$359,986 Year 1 Total Valid thru June 27th, 2025 $19,815,421 Year 1 Total Valid after June 27th, 2025 $23,456,040 Pricing © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 10-2 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 10.2 Maintenance & Subscription Out -years For Police Radios: Item QTY Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 SmartProgramming SmartConnect SmartLocate SmartMapping SmartMessaging ViQi Virtual Partner - Unit Management RadioCentral AWARE PLUS Annual Total 1600 Included $120,000 $120,000 1600 Included $120,000 $120,000 1600 Included $120,000 $120,000 1600 Included $120,000 $120,000 1600 Included $120,000 $120,000 1600 Included $120,000 $120,000 1600 Included $51,264 $51,264 Included $43,422 $43,422 $0 $814,686 $814,686 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $51,264 $43,422 $814,686 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $51,264 $43,422 $814,686 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $51,264 $43,422 $814,686 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $120,000 $51,264 $43,422 $814,686 For Fire Radios: QTY Year 1 Year 3 SmartProgramming + 450 Included $33,750 $33,750 SmartConnect MI 450 Included $33,750 $33,750 SmartLocate mi 450 Included $33,750 $33,750 SmartMapping _J 450 Included $33,750 $33,750 SmartMessaging " 450 Included $33,750 $33,750 RadioCentral mil 450 Included $14,418 $14,418 AWARE Plus 1 Included $35,832 $35,832 Annual Total $0 $219,000 $219,000 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $14,418 $35,832 $219,000 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $14,418 $35,832 $219,000 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $14,418 $35,832 $219,000 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $33,750 $14,418 $35,832 $219,000 Pricing © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 10-3 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 For ASTRO 25 Core Maintenance and Connectivity Services: Description Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Includes: • Advanced Plus Maintenance • 6-Yr System Upgrade Agreement (SUA) Yrs 2-7 • Managed Detection and Response (MDR) • ASTRO Connectivity Services (ACS) 4-111Er Included $652,563 $681,661 $712,291 $744,534 $778,494 $814,255 10.3 7-Year Pricing Summary Total Contract Price over 7 years including Equipment & Warranty, Installation Services, Deployment Services, Device Management Services, Smart Application Services, CommandCentral AWARE Plus and ASTRO 25 Core Maintenance and Connectivity Services. Year Total Cost Year 1 Purchase Total (Equipment and 1-Yr of Application Services)* Year 2 (Subscriptions and Maintenance Services) Year 3 (Subscriptions and Maintenance Services) Year 4 (Subscriptions and Maintenance Services) Year 5 (Subscriptions and Maintenance Services) Year 6 (Subscriptions and Maintenance Services) Year 7 (Subscriptions and Maintenance Services) Additional Negotiated Radio Discount: 7-Year Subscriptions & Maintenance Commitment* Project Grand Total Valid thru June 27, 2025 $19,815,421 $1,686,249 $1,715,347 $1,745,977 $1,778,220 $1,812,180 $1,847,941 -$400,000 $30,001,335 Project Grand Total Valid after June 27, 2025 $34,041,843 The above Pricing, Terms & Conditions are based on the Sourcewell purchasing contract. *Additional incentives in Year 1 Total are valid through June 27th, 2025. Pricing © MOTOROLA SOLUT IONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 10-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 10.4 Optional Future Services The APX NEXT Smartlncident Smart Service will be available to work with the City of Miami PremierOne CAD System after the System Upgrade to 4.6.16 is complete. The price quoted below is provided for budgetary purposes only. When the service becomes available, Motorola shall provide a quote at the current rate. The One-time deployment service is to provision and configure the City of Miami agency and its respective radios to be compatible with the City's PremierOne CAD environment specifically for Smartlncident. Description Deployment & Integration Services Cost / Device / Yr. APX NEXT Smartlncident Interface $100,000 $75 / Device / Yr. Pricing © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 10-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 10.5 Payment Schedule Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments when due in the form of a check, cashier's check, or wire transfer drawn on a U.S. financial institution. If Customer has purchased additional Professional or Subscription services, payment will be in accordance with the applicable addenda. Payment for the System purchase will be in accordance with the following milestones. For the System purchase financed through Motorola, please refer to the payment schedule included in the Equipment Lease -Purchase Agreement # 25668. Lease Purchase Summary Radio Equipment, Accys, Infrastructure, Deployment, Yr 1 of DMS & Applications (Financeable Amount) Yrs 2-7 of DMS Subscription Yrs 2-7 of Application Subscription Yrs 2-7 of System Maintenance 7-yr Price Grand Total $17,750,932.24 $1,664,488.71 $6,202,116.00 $4,383,798.00 $30,001,334.95 If Customer has purchased additional Professional or Subscription services, payment will be in accordance with the applicable Addenda. For Reference Purposes Only, the chart below represents the invoice amount per year, inclusive of Lease interest. Description Lease Payments (Includes Interest) BEIMBEIMBEIMBEMIEBEIMBEMBIZEN Total $3,007,951.19 $3,007,951.19 $3,007,951.19 $3,007,951.19 $3,007,951.19 $3,007,951.19 $3,007,951.19 $21,055,658.33 DMS - Police Included $216,518.86 $216,518.86 $216,518.86 $216,518.86 $216,518.86 $216,518.86 $1,299,113.14 DMS - Fire Included $60,895.93 $60,895.93 $60,895.93 $60,895.93 $60,895.93 $60,895.93 $365,375.57 Maintenance & Included $814,686.00 $814,686.00 $814,686.00 $814,686.00 $814,686.00 $814,686.00 $4,888,116.00 Subscriptions - Police Maintenance & Included $219,000.00 $219,000.00 $219,000.00 $219,000.00 $219,000.00 $219,000.00 $1,314,000.00 Subscriptions - Fire ASTRO 25 Core Maintenance & Connectivity Services Total Included $652,563.00 $681,661.00 $712,291.00 $744,534.00 $778,494.00 $814,255.00 $4,383,798.00 $3,007,951.19 $4,971,614.98 $5,000,712.98 $5,031,342.98 $5,063,585.98 $5,097,545.98 $5,133,306.98 $33,306,061.04 Pricing © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 10-6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 11 Contractual Documentation Pursuant to Section 6, subsection B of the Sourcewell Contract Number 042021-MOT, the following additional terms and conditions apply to this offering. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Motorola Solutions Customer Agreement This Motorola Solutions Customer Agreement (the "MCA") is entered into between Motorola Solutions, Inc., with offices at 500 W. Monroe Street, Suite 4400, Chicago, IL 60661 ("Motorola") and the entity set forth in the signature block below ("Customer"). Motorola and Customer will each be referred to herein as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties". This Agreement (as defined below) is effective as of the date of the last signature (the "Effective Date"). WHEREAS, Customer desires to purchase from Motorola and Motorola desires to sell to Customer certain Public Safety Equipment, Products and Services; and WHEREAS, Sourcewell ("Sourcewell"), a State of Minnesota local government agency and service cooperative offering cooperative procurement solutions to government entities that access Sourcewell's cooperative purchasing contracts ("Participating Entities"); and WHEREAS, on July 4, 2021, Sourcewell and Motorola entered into a contract identified as 042021-MOT (the "Contract"), which provides that Participating Entities (including Customer) may purchase radio communications equipment from Motorola pursuant to certain terms contained therein; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 6.B of the Contracts, Motorola and Customer now wish to enter into this Agreement to delineate the specific terms of the purchase of Public Safety Equipment, Products and Services offered by Motorola to the Customer. Section 1. Agreement. 1.1. Scope; Agreement Documents. This MCA governs Customer's purchase of Products and Services (as each are defined below) from Motorola. Additional terms and conditions applicable to specific Products and Services are set forth in one or more Motorola prepared or agreed upon addenda attached to this MCA (each an "Addendum", and collectively the "Addenda"). This MCA, the Exhibits, Addenda, and Motorola -provided Proposal collectively form the Parties' "Agreement". 1.2. Attachments. The Exhibits listed below will be attached hereto and incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement: Exhibit A Motorola Proposal dated March 14th, 2025 1.3. Order of Precedence. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities: 1) the main body of this Agreement takes precedence over the exhibits (unless otherwise specified in an exhibit), and any inconsistency between Exhibits will be resolved in their listed order, and 2) Each Addendum will control with respect to conflicting terms in the Agreement, but only as applicable to the Products and Services described in such Addendum. Section 2. Definitions. "Authorized Users" means Customer's employees, full-time contractors engaged for the purpose of supporting the Products and Services that are not competitors of Motorola, and the entities (if any) specified in a Proposal or otherwise approved by Motorola in writing (email from an authorized Motorola signatory accepted), which may include affiliates or other Customer agencies. "Change Order" means a written amendment to this Agreement after the effective date that alters the work, the contract sum, the contract time, or other change mutually decided between the Parties. "Communications System" is a solution that includes at least one radio Product, whether devices, software, or infrastructure, and requires Integration Services to deploy such radio Product at a Customer Site or onto any Customer -Provided Equipment or Equipment provided to Customer. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement "Contract Price" means the price for the Communications System and implementation Services, excluding applicable sales or similar taxes and freight charges. Further, unless otherwise stated in Exhibit A "Payment" or the pricing pages of the Proposal, recurring fees for maintenance, SUA, or Subscription Software are included in the Contract Price. "Confidential Information" means any and all non-public information provided by one Party to the other that is disclosed under this Agreement in oral, written, graphic, machine recognizable, or sample form, being clearly designated, labeled or marked as confidential or its equivalent or that a reasonable business person would consider non-public and confidential by its nature. With respect to Motorola, Confidential Information will also include Products and Services, and Documentation, as well as any other information relating to the Products and Services. "Customer Contact Data" has the meaning given to it in the DPA. "Customer Data" has the meaning given to it in the DPA. "Customer -Provided Equipment" means components, including equipment and software, not provided by Motorola which may be required for use of the Products and Services. "Data Processing Addendum" or "DPA" means the Motorola Data Processing Addendum applicable to processing of Customer Data for US customers, as updated, supplemented, or superseded from time to time. The DPA is located at https://www.motorolasolutions.com/content/dam/msi/docs/msi-standards terms- conditions/motorola solutions united states data processing addendum online version.pdf and is incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement for all purposes pertaining to the contents of the DPA. Where terms or provisions in the Agreement conflict with terms or provisions of the DPA, the terms or provisions of the DPA will control with respect to the contents of the DPA. "Documentation" means the documentation for the Equipment, software Products, or data, that is delivered with the Products and Services that specifies technical and performance features, capabilities, users, or operation, including training manuals, and other deliverables, such as reports, specifications, designs, plans, drawings, analytics, or other information. "Equipment" means hardware provided by Motorola. "Equipment Lease -Purchase Agreement" means the agreement by which Customer finances all or a portion of the Contract Price. "Feedback" means comments or information, in oral or written form, given to Motorola by Customer or Authorized Users, including their end users, in connection with or relating to the Products or Services; "Fees" means charges applicable to the Products and Services. "Integration Services" means the design, deployment, and integration Services provided by Motorola in order to design, install, set up, configure, and/or integrate the applicable Products as agreed upon by the Parties. "Licensed Software" means licensed software which is either preinstalled on Equipment or installed on Customer - Provided Equipment and licensed to Customer by Motorola for a perpetual or other defined license term. "Maintenance and Support Services" means the break/fix maintenance, technical support, or other Services (such as software integration Services) described in the applicable statement of work. "Motorola Data" means data owned or licensed by Motorola and made available to Customer in connection with the Products and Services; "Motorola Materials" means proprietary software, tools, data, and other materials, including designs, utilities, models, methodologies, systems, and specifications, which Motorola has developed or licensed from third parties (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates, modifications, adaptations, translations, de - Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement compilations, disassemblies, or derivative works of the foregoing, whether made by Motorola or another party). Products and Services, Motorola Data, Third -Party Data, and Documentation, are considered Motorola Materials "Non -Motorola Materials" means collectively, Customer or third -party software, services, hardware, content, and data that is not provided by Motorola. "Proposal" means solution descriptions, pricing, equipment lists, statements of work ("SOW"), schedules, technical specifications, quotes, and other documents setting forth the Products and Services to be purchased by Customer and provided by Motorola. The Proposal may also include an ATP, Acceptance Test Plan, depending on the Products and Services purchased by Customer. "Products" or "Product" is how the Equipment, Licensed Software, and Subscription Software being purchased by the Customer will collectively be referred to in this Agreement (collectively as "Products", or individually as a "Product"). "Professional Services" are Services provided by Motorola to Customer under this Agreement the nature and scope of which are more fully described in the Proposal and Section 2.2.5 of this Agreement. "Prohibited Jurisdiction" means any jurisdiction in which the provision of such Products and Services is prohibited under applicable laws or regulations. "Process" or "Processing" have the meaning given to them in the DPA "Services" means services related to purchased Products as described in the Proposal. "Service Completion Date" means the date of Motorola's completion of the Services described in a Proposal. "Service Use Data" has the meaning given to it in the DPA. "Site" or "Sites" means the location where the Integration Services or Maintenance and Support Services will take place. "Software System" means a solution that includes at least one software Product and requires Integration Services to deploy such software Product at a Customer Site or onto any Customer -Provided Equipment or Equipment provided to Customer. "SUA" or "SUA II" means Motorola's Software Upgrade Agreement program. "Subscription Software" means licensed cloud -based software -as -a -service products and other software which is either preinstalled on Equipment or installed on Customer -Provided Equipment, but licensed to Customer by Motorola on a subscription basis. "Third -Party Data" has the meaning given to it in the DPA. "Term" means the term of this MCA which will commence on the Effective Date and continue until six (6) months after the later of (a) the termination, expiration, or discontinuance of services under the last Proposal in effect, or (b) the expiration of all applicable warranty periods, unless the MCA is earlier terminated as set forth herein. Section 3. Products and Services. 3.1. Products. Motorola will (a) sell Equipment, (b) Licensed Software, and (c) Subscription Software to Customer, to the extent each is set forth in this Agreement. At any time during the Term (as defined below), Motorola may substitute any Products at no cost to Customer, if the substitute is substantially similar to the Products set forth in this Agreement. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 3.2. Services. 3.2.1. Motorola will provide Services, to the extent set forth in this Agreement. 3.2.2. Integration Services; Maintenance and Support Services. Motorola will provide (a) Integration Services at the applicable Sites, agreed upon by the Parties or (b) Maintenance and Support Services, each as further described in the applicable statement of work. Maintenance, Support Services and Integration Services will each be considered "Services", as defined above. 3.2.3. Service Proposals. The Fees for Services will be set forth in Motorola's Quote or Proposal. A Customer point of contact will be set forth in the applicable statement of work for the Services. For purposes of clarity, each statement of work will be incorporated into, and form an integral part of, this Agreement. 3.2.4. Service Completion. Services described in a Proposal will be deemed complete upon the Service Completion Date, or as Services are renewed or terminated. 3.2.5. Professional Services 3.2.5.1. Assessment of Systems & Operations. If Customer is purchasing Professional Services to evaluate or assess networks, systems or operations, Customer acknowledges and agrees that the equipment provided by or used by Motorola to facilitate performance of the Services may impact or disrupt information systems. Except as specifically set forth in the Agreement, Motorola disclaims responsibility for costs in connection with any such disruptions of and/or damage to Customer's or a third party's information systems, equipment, voice transmissions, and data, including, but not limited to, denial or access to a legitimate system user, automatic shut -down of information systems caused by intrusion detection software or hardware, or failure of the information system resulting from the provision or delivery of the Service. Motorola agrees to cooperate with Customer to schedule any such potential damage or disruption around Customer's voice or information technology traffic and use patterns so as to reduce the risk of disruption during working hours. 3.2.5.2. Network Security. If Customer is purchasing network security assessment of network monitoring Professional Services, Customer acknowledges and agrees that Motorola does not guarantee or warrant that it will discover all of Customer's system vulnerabilities or inefficiencies. Customer agrees not to represent to third parties that Motorola has provided such guarantee. Motorola disclaims any and all responsibility for any and all loss or costs of any kind associated with vulnerabilities or security events, whether or not they are discovered by Motorola. 3.2.5.3. Application Development. If Customer purchases software application development as part of the Professional Services, the deliverables will be licensed as described in Section 2.5 - Documentation. 3.2.6. Transport Connectivity Services. Certain Communications Systems may include one or more transport connectivity services as specified in the Proposal. In addition to the terms of this MCA, transport connectivity services shall also be governed by the terms of Motorola's standard Transport Connectivity Addendum, a copy of which is available here: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/about/legal/transport-connectivity- addendum.html. 3.3. Non -Preclusion. If, in connection with the Products and Services provided under this Agreement, Motorola performs assessments of its own, or related, products or makes recommendations, including a recommendation to purchase other products or services, nothing in this Agreement precludes such efforts nor precludes Motorola from participating in a future competitive bidding process or otherwise offering or selling the recommended products or other services to Customer. Customer represents that this paragraph does not violate its procurement standards or other laws, regulations, or policies. 3.4. Customer Obligations. Customer represents that information Customer provides to Motorola in connection with receipt of Products and Services are accurate and complete in all material respects. If any assumptions in the Proposals or information provided by Customer prove to be incorrect, or if Customer fails to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola's ability to perform its obligations may be impacted and changes to the Agreement, including the scope, Fees, and performance schedule may be required. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 3.5. Documentation. Products and Services may be delivered with Documentation. Documentation is and will be owned by Motorola, unless otherwise expressly agreed in an Addendum or Proposal that certain Documentation will be owned by Customer. Motorola hereby grants Customer a limited, royalty -free, worldwide, non-exclusive license to use the Documentation solely for its internal business purposes in connection with the Products and Services. 3.6. Motorola Tools and Equipment. As part of delivering the Products and Services, Motorola may provide certain tools, equipment, models, and other materials of its own. Such tools and equipment will remain the sole property of Motorola unless they are to be purchased by Customer as Products and are explicitly listed on the Proposal. The tools and equipment may be held by Customer for Motorola's use without charge and may be removed from Customer's premises by Motorola at any time without restriction. Customer will safeguard all tools and equipment while in Customer's custody or control, and be liable for any loss or damage. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Customer, at its expense, will return to Motorola all tools and equipment in its possession or control. 3.7. Authorized Users. Customer will ensure its employees and Authorized Users comply with the terms of this Agreement and will be liable for all acts and omissions of its employees and Authorized Users. Customer is responsible for the secure management of Authorized Users' names, passwords and login credentials for access to Products and Services. 3.8. Export Control. Customer, its employees, and any other Authorized Users will not access or use the Products and Services in any Prohibited Jurisdiction), and Customer will not provide access to the Products and Services to any government, entity, or individual located in a Prohibited Jurisdiction. Customer represents and warrants that (a) it and its Authorized Users are not named on any U.S. government list of persons prohibited from receiving U.S. exports, or transacting with any U.S. person; (b) it and its Authorized Users are not a national of, or a company registered in, any Prohibited Jurisdiction; (c) Customer will not permit its Authorized Users to access or use the Products or Services in violation of any U.S. or other applicable export embargoes, prohibitions or restrictions; and (d) Customer and its Authorized Users will comply with all applicable laws regarding the transmission of technical data exported from the U.S. and the country in which Customer, its employees, and the Authorized Users are located. 3.9. To obtain any additional Services, Customer will issue a purchase order referring to this Agreement and the separate proposal document. Omission of reference to this Agreement in Customer's purchase order will not affect the applicability of this Agreement. Motorola's proposal may include a cover page entitled "Service Agreement" or "Installation Agreement", as applicable, and other attachments. These cover pages and other attachments are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. 3.10. Change Orders. Unless a different change control process is agreed upon in writing by the Parties, a Party may request changes to an Addendum or a Proposal by submitting a Change Order to the other Party . If a requested change in a Change Order causes an increase or decrease in the Products or Services, the Parties by means of the Change Order will make appropriate adjustments to the Fees, project schedule, or other matters. Change Orders are effective and binding on the Parties only upon execution of the Change Order by an authorized representative of both Parties. Section 4. Term and Termination. 4.1. Term. The applicable Addendum or Proposal will set forth the Term for the Products and Services governed thereby. 4.1.1. Subscription Terms. The duration of Customer's subscription commences upon delivery of the first Subscription Software (and recurring Services, if applicable) ordered under this Agreement and will continue for a twelve (12) month period or such longer period identified in a Proposal (the "Initial Subscription Period") and will automatically renew for additional twelve (12) month periods (each, a "Renewal Subscription Year"), unless either Party notifies the other of its intent not to renew at least thirty (30) days before the conclusion of the then -current Subscription Term. (The Initial Subscription Period and each Renewal Subscription Year will each be referred to herein as a "Subscription Term".) Motorola may increase Fees prior to any Renewal Subscription Year. In such Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement case, Motorola will notify Customer of such proposed increase no later than thirty (30) days prior to commencement of such Renewal Subscription Year. Unless otherwise specified in writing, additional Subscription Software or recurring Services purchased under this Agreement will (a) commence upon delivery of such Subscription Software or recurring Service, and continue until the conclusion of Customer's then -current Subscription Term (a "Partial Subscription Year"), and (b) automatically renew for Renewal Subscription Years thereafter, unless either Party notifies the other of its intent not to renew at least thirty (30) days before the conclusion of the then -current Subscription Term. Unless otherwise specified in writing, the Subscription Terms for all Subscription Software and recurring Services hereunder will be synchronized. 4.2. Termination. Either Party may terminate the Agreement or the applicable Addendum or Proposal if the other Party breaches a material obligation under the Agreement and does not cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the breach or fails to produce a cure plan within such period of time. Each Addendum and Proposal may be separately terminable as set forth therein. 4.3. Termination for Non -Appropriation. In the event any identified funding is not appropriated or becomes unavailable, the Customer reserves the right to terminate this Agreement for non -appropriation upon thirty (30) days' advance written notice to Motorola. In the event of such termination, Motorola shall be entitled to compensation for all conforming goods delivered and for all services performed prior to the effective date of termination date. 4.4. Suspension of Services. Motorola may promptly terminate or suspend any Products or Services under a Proposal if Motorola determines: (a) the related Product license has expired or has terminated for any reason; (b) the applicable Product is being used on a hardware platform, operating system, or version not approved by Motorola; (c) Customer fails to make any payments when due; or (d) Customer fails to comply with any of its other obligations or otherwise delays Motorola's ability to perform. 4.5. Wind Down of Subscription Software. In addition to the termination rights in this Agreement, Motorola may terminate any Subscription Term, in whole or in part, in the event Motorola plans to cease offering the applicable Subscription Software or Service to customers. 4.6. Effect of Termination or Expiration. Upon termination for any reason or expiration of this Agreement, an Addendum, or a Proposal, Customer and the Authorized Users will return or destroy (at Motorola's option) all Motorola Materials and Motorola's Confidential Information in their possession or control and, as applicable, provide proof of such destruction, except that Equipment purchased by Customer should not be returned. If Customer has any outstanding payment obligations under this Agreement, Motorola may accelerate and declare all such obligations of Customer immediately due and payable by Customer. Notwithstanding the reason for termination or expiration, Customer agrees to pay Motorola for Products and Services already delivered. Customer has a duty to mitigate any damages under this Agreement, including in the event of default by Motorola and Customer's termination of this Agreement. 4.7. Equipment as a Service. In the event that Customer purchases any Equipment at a price below the published list price for such Equipment in connection with Customer entering into a fixed- or minimum required - term agreement for Subscription Software, and Customer or Motorola terminates the Agreement prior to the expiration of such fixed- or minimum required -term, then Motorola will have the right to invoice Customer for, and Customer will pay, the amount of the discount to the published list price for the Equipment or such other amount set forth in writing. This Section will not limit any other remedies Motorola may have with respect to an early termination. Section 5. Payment, Invoicing, Delivery and Risk of Loss 5.1. Customer affirms they have signatory authority to execute this contract. The Contract Price of $30,001,224, excluding taxes, is fully committed and identified, including all subsequent years of contracted services, if applicable. The Customer will pay all invoices as received from Motorola subject to the terms of this Agreement and any changes in scope will be subject to the change order process as described in this Agreement. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Motorola acknowledges the Customer may require the issuance(s) of a purchase order or notice to proceed as part of the Customer's procurement process. However, Customer agrees that the issuance or non -issuance of a purchase order or notice to proceed does not preclude the Customer from its contractual obligations as defined in this Agreement. 5.2. Fees. Fees and charges applicable to the Products and Services will be as set forth in the applicable Addendum or Proposal. Changes in the scope of Services described in a Proposal that require an adjustment to the Fees will be set forth in the applicable pricing schedule. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Proposal, the Fees for any Services exclude expenses associated with unusual and costly Site access requirements (e.g., if Site access requires a helicopter or other equipment), and Customer will reimburse Motorola for these or other expenses incurred by Motorola in connection with the Services. The annual subscription Fee for Subscription Software and associated recurring Services may include certain one-time Fees, such as start-up fees, license fees, or other fees set forth in a Proposal. Motorola may suspend the Subscription Software and any recurring Services if Customer fails to make any payments within thirty (30) days of invoice due date when due. 5.3. Taxes. The Fees do not include any excise, sales, lease, use, property, or other taxes, assessments, duties, or regulatory charges or contribution requirements (collectively, "Taxes"), all of which will be paid by Customer, except as exempt by law, unless otherwise specified in a Proposal. If Motorola is required to pay any Taxes, Customer will reimburse Motorola for such Taxes (including any interest and penalties) within thirty (30) days after Customer's receipt of an invoice therefore. Customer will be solely responsible for reporting the Products for personal property tax purposes, and Motorola will be solely responsible for reporting taxes on its income and net worth. 5.4. Invoicing. Motorola will invoice Customer as described in this Agreement and Customer will pay all invoices within thirty (30) days of the invoice date or as otherwise specified in writing. In the event Customer finances the purchase of the Motorola Products and Services contemplated herein via Motorola Solutions Credit Corporation ("MSCC"), invoices for such purchase will be paid via the disbursement of the financing proceeds pursuant to the Equipment Lease - Purchase Agreement executed between the parties and the payment schedule enclosed therein shall control payment of the related invoices. Late payments will be subject to interest charges at the maximum rate permitted by law, commencing upon the due date. Motorola may invoice electronically via email, and Customer agrees to receive invoices via email at the email address set forth in a Proposal. Customer acknowledges and agrees that a purchase order or other notice to proceed is not required for payment for Products or Services. 5.5. Payment. Customer will pay invoices for the Products and Services provided under this Agreement in accordance with the invoice payment terms set forth in Section 5.4. Generally, invoices are issued after shipment of Equipment or upon Motorola's delivery of Licensed Software, or upon System Completion Date of a Software System, as applicable, but if a specific invoicing or payment schedule is set forth in the Agreement, such schedule will determine the invoicing cadence. Motorola will have the right to suspend future deliveries of Products and Services if Customer fails to make any payments when due. 5.6. INVOICING AND SHIPPING ADDRESSES. Invoices will be sent to the Customer at the following address: Name: Accounts Payable Address: 444 SW 2nd Ave. Miami, FL 33130 Phone: 305-416-1922 E-INVOICE. To receive invoices via email: Customer Account Number: 1000268864 Customer Accounts Payable Email: PurchasingSupplierAdmins@miami.gov Customer CC (optional) Email: Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-8 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement The address which is the ultimate destination where the Equipment will be delivered to Customer is: Name: GSA — Communications Address: 1100 NW S River Dr. Miami, FL 33136 The Equipment will be shipped to the Customer at the following address (insert if this information is known): Name: GSA - Communications Address: 1100 NW S River Dr. Miami, FL 33136 Phone: 305-329-4845 Customer may change this information by giving written notice to Motorola. 5.7. Delivery, Title and Risk of Loss. Motorola will provide to Customer the Products (and, if applicable, related Services) set forth in a Proposal, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Motorola will, using commercially reasonable practices, pack the ordered Equipment and ship such Equipment to the Customer address set forth in Section 5.6 or otherwise provided by Customer in writing, using a carrier selected by Motorola. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless otherwise stated in a Equipment Lease - Purchase Agreement, delivery of Equipment (and any incorporated Licensed Software) will occur, and title and risk of loss for the Equipment will pass to Customer, upon shipment by Motorola in accordance with ExWorks, Motorola's premises (lncoterms 2020). Customer will pay all shipping costs, taxes, and other charges applicable to the shipment and import or export of the Products and Services, as applicable, and Customer will be responsible for reporting the Products for personal property tax purposes. Delivery of Licensed Software for installation on Equipment or Customer -Provided Equipment will occur upon the earlier of (a) electronic delivery of the Licensed Software by Motorola, and (b) the date Motorola otherwise makes the Licensed Software available for download by Customer. If agreed upon in a Proposal, Motorola will also provide Services related to such Products. Title to Licensed Software and/or Subscription Software will not pass to Customer at any time. 5.8. Delays. Any shipping dates set forth in a Proposal are approximate, and while Motorola will make reasonable efforts to ship Products by any such estimated shipping date, Motorola will not be liable for any delay or related damages to Customer. Time for delivery will not be of the essence, and delays will not constitute grounds for cancellation, penalties, termination, or a refund. 5.9. Future Regulatory Requirements. The Parties acknowledge and agree that certain Services (i.e. cyber) are an evolving technological area and therefore, laws and regulations regarding Services may change. Changes to existing Services required to achieve regulatory compliance may be available for an additional fee. Any required changes may also impact the price for Services. Section 6. Sites; Customer -Provided Equipment; Non -Motorola Materials. 6.1. Access to Sites. Customer will be responsible for providing all necessary permits, licenses, and other approvals necessary for the installation and use of the Products and the performance of the Services at each applicable Site, including for Motorola to perform its obligations hereunder, and for facilitating Motorola's access to the Sites. No waivers of liability will be imposed on Motorola or its subcontractors by Customer or others at Customer facilities or other Sites, but if and to the extent any such waivers are imposed, the Parties agree such waivers are void. 6.2. Site Conditions. Customer will ensure that (a) all Sites are safe and secure, (b) Site conditions meet all applicable industry and legal standards (including standards promulgated by OSHA or other governmental or regulatory bodies), (c) to the extent applicable, Sites have adequate physical space, air conditioning, and other environmental conditions, electrical power outlets, distribution, equipment, connections, and telephone or other communication lines (including modem access and interfacing networking capabilities), and (d) Sites are suitable Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-9 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement for the installation, use, and maintenance of the Products and Services. This Agreement is predicated upon normal soil conditions as defined by the version of E.I.A. standard RS-222 in effect on the Effective Date. 6.3. Site Issues. Upon its request, which will not be unreasonably denied, Motorola will have the right to inspect the Sites and advise Customer of any deficiencies or non -conformities with the requirements of this Section 6 — Sites; Customer -Provided Equipment; Non -Motorola Materials. If Motorola or Customer identifies any deficiencies or non -conformities, Customer will promptly remediate such issues or the Parties will select a replacement Site. If a Party determines that a Site identified in a Proposal is not acceptable or desired, the Parties will cooperate to investigate the conditions and select a replacement Site or otherwise adjust the installation plans and specifications as necessary. A change in Site or adjustment to the installation plans and specifications may cause a change in the Fees or performance schedule under the applicable Proposal. 6.4. Customer -Provided Equipment. Customer will be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for providing and maintaining the Customer -Provided Equipment in good working order. Customer represents and warrants that it has all rights in Customer -Provided Equipment to permit Motorola to access and use the applicable Customer - Provided Equipment to provide the Products and Services under this Agreement, and such access and use will not violate any laws or infringe any third -party rights (including intellectual property rights). Customer (and not Motorola) will be fully liable for Customer -Provided Equipment, and Customer will immediately notify Motorola of any Customer -Provided Equipment damage, loss, change, or theft that may impact Motorola's ability to provide the Products and Services under this Agreement, and Customer acknowledges that any such events may cause a change in the Fees or performance schedule under the applicable Proposal. 6.5. Non -Motorola Materials. In certain instances, Customer may be permitted to access, use, or integrate Non - Motorola Materials with or through the Products and Services. If Customer accesses, uses, or integrates any Non - Motorola Materials with the Products or Services, Customer will first obtain all necessary rights and licenses to permit Customer's and its Authorized Users' use of the Non -Motorola Materials in connection with the Products and Services. Customer will also obtain the necessary rights for Motorola to use such Non -Motorola Materials in connection with providing the Products and Services, including the right for Motorola to access, store, and process such Non -Motorola Materials (e.g., in connection with Subscription Software), and to otherwise enable interoperation with the Products and Services. Customer represents and warrants that it will obtain the foregoing rights and licenses prior to accessing, using, or integrating the applicable Non -Motorola Materials with the Products and Services, and that Customer and its Authorized Users will comply with any terms and conditions applicable to such Non -Motorola Materials. If any Non -Motorola Materials requires access to Customer Data (as defined below), Customer hereby authorizes Motorola to allow the provider of such Non -Motorola Materials to access Customer Data, in connection with the interoperation of such Non -Motorola Materials with the Products and Services. 6.6. Customer acknowledges and agrees that Motorola is not responsible for, and makes no representations or warranties with respect to, the Non -Motorola Materials (including any disclosure, modification, or deletion of Customer Data resulting from use of Non -Motorola Materials or failure to properly interoperate with the Products and Services). If Customer receives notice that any Non -Motorola Materials must be removed, modified, or disabled within the Products or Services, Customer will promptly do so. Motorola will have the right to disable or remove Non -Motorola Materials if Motorola believes a violation of law, third -party rights, or Motorola's policies is likely to occur, or if such Non -Motorola Materials poses or may pose a security or other risk or adverse impact to the Products or Services, Motorola, Motorola's systems, or any third party (including other Motorola customers). 6.7. Motorola may provide certain Non -Motorola Materials as an authorized sales representative of a third party as set out in a Proposal. As an authorized sales representative, the third party's terms and conditions, as set forth in the Proposal, will apply to any such sales. Any orders for such Non -Motorola Materials will be filled by the third party. Nothing in this Section will limit the exclusions set forth in Section 8.2 — Intellectual Property Infringement. 6.8. End User Licenses. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Agreement, certain Non -Motorola Materials software are governed by a separate license, EULA, or other agreement, including terms governing third -party equipment or software, such as open source software, included in the Products and Services. Customer will comply, and ensure its Authorized Users comply, with any such additional terms applicable to third - party equipment or software. Third party software flow -down terms applicable to Motorola products are located at Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-10 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement the following site: https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en us/about/legal/motorola-solutions-customer-terms/flow- down-terms.html 6.9. Prohibited Use. Customer will not integrate or use, or permit a third party or an Authorized User to integrate or use, any Non -Motorola Materials with or in connection with a Software System or other software Product provided by Motorola under this Agreement, without the express written permission of Motorola. 6.10. API Support. Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its Application Programming Interface ("API") offered solely in connection with any Software System. APIs will evolve and mature over time, requiring changes and updates. Motorola will use reasonable efforts to continue supporting any version of an API for 6 months after such version is introduced, but if Motorola determines, in its sole discretion, to discontinue support of an API for any reason, Motorola will provide reasonable advance notification to Customer. If an API presents a security risk, Motorola may discontinue an API without prior notice. 6.11. Support of Downloaded Clients. If Customer purchases any software Product that requires a client installed locally on any Customer -Provided Equipment or Equipment in possession of Customer, Customer will be responsible for downloading and installing the current version of such client, as it may be updated from time to time. Motorola will use reasonable efforts to continue supporting any version of a client for forty-five (45) days following its release, but Motorola may update the current version of its client at any time, including for bug fixes, product improvements, and feature updates, and Motorola makes no representations or warranties that any software Product will support prior versions of a client. Section 7. Representations and Warranties. 7.1. Mutual Representations and Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that (a) it has the right to enter into the Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder, and (b) the Agreement will be binding on such Party. 7.2. Communications System Warranty. Motorola represents and warrants that, on the date of System Acceptance, (a) the Communications System will perform in accordance with the descriptions in the applicable Proposal in all material respects, and (b) if Customer has purchased any Equipment or Motorola Licensed Software (but, for clarity, excluding Subscription Software) as part of such Communications System, the warranty period applicable to such Equipment and Motorola Licensed Software will continue for a period of one (1) year commencing upon System Acceptance (the "Warranty Period"). 7.3. During the Warranty Period, in addition to warranty services, Motorola will provide Maintenance and Support Services for the Equipment and support for the Motorola Licensed Software pursuant to the applicable maintenance and support Proposal. Support for the Motorola Licensed Software will be in accordance with Motorola's established Software Support Policy ("SwSP"). Copies of the SwSP can be found at https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/about/legal/motorola-solutions-customer-terms/software_policy.html, a copy of which is available to Customer upon written request. If Customer wishes to purchase (a) additional Maintenance and Support Services during the Warranty Period; or (b) continue or expand maintenance, software support, installation, and/or Motorola's Lifecycle Management Services ("LMS") after the Warranty Period, Motorola will provide the description of and pricing for such services in a separate proposal document and such terms will be agreed upon in a Proposal. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, the terms and conditions in this Agreement applicable to maintenance, support, installation, and/or LMS, will be included in the Maintenance and Support Addendum, LMS Addendum, the applicable Proposals, and the proposal (if applicable). These collective terms will govern the provision of such Services. 7.4. On -Premises Software System Warranty. Motorola represents and warrants that, on the System Completion Date, or on the applicable Product Completion Date for a specific Product within such on -premises Software System, if earlier, (a) such Software System or Product will perform in accordance with the descriptions in the applicable Proposals in all material respects, and (b) if Customer has purchased any Equipment or Motorola Licensed Software (but, for clarity, excluding Subscription Software) as part of such on -premises Software System, the warranty period applicable to such Equipment and Motorola Licensed Software will continue for a period of one Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-11 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement (1) year commencing upon the System Completion Date for the Software System that includes such Products, or on the applicable Product Completion Date, if earlier. 7.4.1. On -premises Software Systems as a service and cloud hosted Software Systems are provided as a service and accordingly do not qualify for the On -premises Software System Warranty. System completion, however, for each of these solutions is determined in accordance with Section 12.2 Software System Completion below. 7.5. Motorola Warranties - Services. Subject to the disclaimers and exclusions below, Motorola represents and warrants that (a) Services will be provided in a good and workmanlike manner and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions in the applicable Proposal; and (b) for a period of ninety (90) days commencing upon the Service Completion Date for one-time Services, the Services will be free of material defects in materials and workmanship. Other than as set forth in subsection (a) above, recurring Services are not warranted but rather will be subject to the requirements of the applicable Addendum or Proposal. 7.6. Motorola Warranties - Equipment. Subject to the disclaimers and exclusions set forth below, (a) for a period of one (1) year commencing upon the delivery of Motorola -manufactured Equipment under Section 5.7 — Delivery, Title and Risk of Loss, Motorola represents and warrants that such Motorola -manufactured Equipment, under normal use, will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship; and (b) The warranties applicable to Motorola -manufactured Equipment set forth in herein shall be applicable to all radio Equipment purchased hereunder whether or not such Equipment was manufactured by Motorola. 7.7. Motorola Licensed Software Warranty. Unless otherwise stated in the License Agreement, for a period of ninety (90) days commencing upon the delivery of Motorola -owned Licensed Software, Motorola represents and warrants that such Licensed Software, when used in accordance with the Documentation and the Agreement, will be free from reproducible defects that prevent operation of features critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Motorola -developed Licensed Software (as determined by Motorola) 7.7.1. As Customer's sole and exclusive remedy for any breach of the Motorola Licensed Software Warranty, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy the material defect in the applicable Licensed Software; provided, however, that if Motorola does not remedy such material defect within a reasonable time, then at Motorola's sole option, Motorola will either replace the defective Licensed Software with functionally -equivalent software, provide substitute software to Customer, or terminate the applicable software license and refund any paid license fees to Customer on a pro-rata basis. 7.7.2. For clarity, the Motorola Licensed Software Warranty applies only to the most current version of the Licensed Software issued by Motorola, and issuance of updated versions of any Licensed Software does not result in a renewal or extension of the Motorola Licensed Software Warranty beyond the ninety (90) day warranty period. 7.8. ADDITIONAL WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THE AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, MOTOROLA WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR (A) DEFECTS IN OR DAMAGE TO PRODUCTS RESULTING FROM USE OTHER THAN IN THE NORMAL AUTHORIZED MANNER, OR FROM ACCIDENT, LIQUIDS, OR NEGLECT; (B) TESTING, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, INSTALLATION, OR MODIFICATION BY PARTIES OTHER THAN MOTOROLA; (C) CUSTOMER'S OR ANY AUTHORIZED USER'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH INDUSTRY AND OSHA OR OTHER LEGAL STANDARDS; (D) DAMAGE TO RADIO ANTENNAS, UNLESS CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP; (E) EQUIPMENT WITH NO SERIAL NUMBER; (F) BATTERIES OR CONSUMABLES; (G) FREIGHT COSTS FOR SHIPMENT TO REPAIR DEPOTS; (H) COSMETIC DAMAGE THAT DOES NOT AFFECT OPERATION; (I) NORMAL WEAR AND TEAR; (J) ISSUES OR OBSOLESCENCE OF LICENSED SOFTWARE DUE TO CHANGES IN CUSTOMER OR AUTHORIZED USER REQUIREMENTS, EQUIPMENT, OR SYSTEMS; (K) TRACKING AND LOCATION -BASED SERVICES; OR (L) BETA SERVICES. 7.9. Warranty Claims; Remedies. To assert a warranty claim, Customer must notify Motorola in writing of the claim prior to the expiration of any warranty period set forth in this Agreement. Unless a different remedy is otherwise expressly set forth herein, upon receipt of such claim, Motorola will investigate the claim and use commercially reasonable efforts to repair or replace any confirmed materially non -conforming Product or re -perform any non- conforming Service, at its option. Such remedies are Customer's sole and exclusive remedies for Motorola's breach Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-12 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement of a warranty. Motorola's warranties are extended by Motorola to Customer only, and are not assignable or transferable. 7.10. Pass -Through Warranties. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Motorola will have no liability for third -party software or hardware provided by Motorola; provided, however, that to the extent offered by third -party providers of software or hardware and to the extent permitted by law, Motorola will pass through express warranties provided by such third parties. 7.11. WARRANTY DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS AND PASS THROUGH WARRANTIES IN THIS AGREEMENT, PRODUCTS AND SERVICES PURCHASED HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND WITH ALL FAULTS. WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT ARE THE COMPLETE WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AND MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND QUALITY. MOTOROLA DOES NOT REPRESENT OR WARRANT THAT USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR -FREE, OR FREE OF SECURITY VULNERABILITIES, OR THAT THEY WILL MEET CUSTOMER'S PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS. Section 8. Indemnification. 8.1. General Indemnity. Motorola will defend, indemnify, and hold Customer harmless from and against any and all damages, losses, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys) arising from any actual third -party claim, demand, action, or proceeding ("Claim") for personal injury, death, or direct damage to tangible property to the extent caused by Motorola's negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct while performing its duties under this Agreement, except to the extent the claim arises from Customer's negligence or willful misconduct. Motorola's duties under this Section 8.1 — General Indemnity are conditioned upon: (a) Customer promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the Claim; (b) Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise to the extent allowed by applicable law; and (c) Customer cooperating with Motorola and, if requested by Motorola, providing reasonable assistance in the defense of the Claim. 8.2. Intellectual Property Infringement. Motorola will defend Customer against any third -party claim alleging that a Motorola -developed or manufactured Product or Service (the "Infringing Product") directly infringes a United States patent or copyright ("Infringement Claim"), and Motorola will pay all damages finally awarded against Customer by a court of competent jurisdiction for an Infringement Claim, or agreed to in writing by Motorola in settlement of an Infringement Claim. Motorola's duties under this Section 8.2— Intellectual Property Infringement are conditioned upon: (a) Customer promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the Infringement Claim; (b) Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and (c) Customer cooperating with Motorola and, if requested by Motorola, providing reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim. 8.2.1. If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and expense: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Infringing Product; (b) replace or modify the Infringing Product so that it becomes non -infringing; or (c) grant Customer (i) a prorated refund of any amounts pre- paid for the Infringing Product (if the Infringing Product is a software Product, i.e., Licensed Software or Subscription Software) or (ii) a credit for the Infringing Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation (if the Infringing Product is Equipment, including Equipment with embedded software). 8.2.2. In addition to the other damages disclaimed under this Agreement, Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify Customer for any Infringement Claim that arises from or is based upon: (a) Customer Data, Customer - Provided Equipment, Non -Motorola Materials, or third -party equipment, hardware, software, data, or other third - party materials; (b) the combination of the Product or Service with any products or materials not provided by Motorola; (c) a Product or Service designed, modified, or manufactured in accordance with Customer's designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Product or Service by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Product or Service in a manner for which the Product or Service was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; or (f) the failure by Customer to use or install an update to the Product or Service that is intended to correct the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola's liability resulting from an Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-13 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Infringement Claim extend in any way to any payments due on a royalty basis, other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Customer from sales or license of the Infringing Product. 8.2.3. This Section 8.2 — Intellectual Property Infringement provides Customer's sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola's entire liability in the event of an Infringement Claim. 8.3. Customer Indemnity. To the extent allowed by applicable law, Customer will defend, indemnify, and hold Motorola and its subcontractors, subsidiaries and other affiliates harmless from and against any and all damages, losses, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys) arising from any actual or threatened third -party claim, demand, action, or proceeding arising from or related to (a) Customer -Provided Equipment, Customer Data, or Non -Motorola Materials, including any claim, demand, action, or proceeding alleging that any such equipment, data, or materials (or the integration or use thereof with the Products and Services) infringes or misappropriates a third -party intellectual property or other right, violates applicable law, or breaches the Agreement; (b) Customer -Provided Equipment's failure to meet the minimum requirements set forth in the applicable Documentation or match the applicable specifications provided to Motorola by Customer in connection with the Products or Services; (c) Customer's (or its service providers, agents, employees, or Authorized User's) negligence or willful misconduct; and (d) Customer's or its Authorized User's breach of this Agreement. This indemnity will not apply to the extent any such claim is caused by Motorola's use of Customer -Provided Equipment, Customer Data, or Non -Motorola Materials in violation of the Agreement. Motorola will give Customer prompt, written notice of any claim subject to the foregoing indemnity. Motorola will, at its own expense, cooperate with Customer in its defense or settlement of the claim. Section 9. Limitation of Liability. 9.1. EXCEPT FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, THE TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF MOTOROLA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND ITS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SUCCESSORS, AND ASSIGNS (COLLECTIVELY, THE "MOTOROLA PARTIES"), WHETHER BASED ON A CLAIM IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT, LAW OR EQUITY, RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED THE FEES, OR PORTION OF FEES, RELATED TO THE PRODUCT OR INTEGRATION SERVICE UNDER WHICH THE CLAIM AROSE. WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBSCRIPTION SOFTWARE OR ANY RECURRING SERVICES, THE MOTOROLA PARTIES' TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY FOR ALL CLAIMS RELATED TO SUBSCRIPTION SOFTWARE OR RECURRING SERVICES WILL NOT EXCEED THE TOTAL FEES PAID FOR THE APPLICABLE SUBSCRIPTION SOFTWARE OR RECURRING SERVICE DURING THE CONSECUTIVE TWELVE (12) MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE EVENT FROM WHICH THE FIRST CLAIM AROSE. EXCEPT FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, THE MOTOROLA PARTIES WILL NOT BE LIABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER UNDER MOTOROLA'S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS, A CAUSE OF ACTION FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT, UNDER TORT THEORY, OR OTHERWISE) FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS OR REVENUES, EVEN IF MOTOROLA HAS BEEN ADVISED BY CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR LOSSES AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARE FORESEEABLE. 9.2. EXCLUSIONS FROM LIABILITY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, MOTOROLA WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF (A) CUSTOMER DATA, INCLUDING ITS TRANSMISSION TO MOTOROLA, OR ANY OTHER DATA AVAILABLE THROUGH THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES; (B) CUSTOMER -PROVIDED EQUIPMENT OR SITES; NON-MOTOROLA MATERIALS; THIRD - PARTY EQUIPMENT, HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, DATA, OR CONTENT; OR UNKNOWN OR UNAUTHORIZED COMBINATION OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ; (C) LOSS OF DATA, HACKING, RANSOMWARE, THIRD - PARTY ATTACKS OR DEMANDS; (D) MODIFICATION OF PRODUCTS OR SERVICES NOT AUTHORIZED BY MOTOROLA; (E) RECOMMENDATIONS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; (F) DATA RECOVERY SERVICES OR DATABASE MODIFICATIONS; OR (G) CUSTOMER'S OR ANY AUTHORIZED USER'S BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR MISUSE OF THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-14 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING EXCLUSIONS FROM DAMAGES, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THE AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, MOTOROLA WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR (A) INTERRUPTION OR FAILURE OF CONNECTIVITY, VULNERABILITIES, OR SECURITY EVENTS; (B) DISRUPTION OF OR DAMAGE TO CUSTOMER'S OR THIRD PARTIES' SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, OR DATA, INCLUDING DENIAL OF ACCESS TO USERS, OR SHUTDOWN OF SYSTEMS CAUSED BY INTRUSION DETECTION SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE; (C) AVAILABILITY OR ACCURACY OF ANY DATA AVAILABLE THROUGH THE SUBSCRIPTION SOFTWARE OR SERVICES, OR INTERPRETATION, USE, OR MISUSE THEREOF; (D) TRACKING AND LOCATION -BASED SERVICES; OR (E) BETA SERVICES. 9.3 Statute of Limitations. Customer may not bring any claims against a Motorola Party in connection with this Agreement or the Products and Services more than one (1) year after the date of accrual of the cause of action. Section 10. Confidentiality. 10.1. Confidential Information. In order to be considered Confidential Information, information that is disclosed orally must be identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and confirmed by disclosing party ("Discloser") by submitting a written document to receiving party ("Recipient") within thirty (30) days after such disclosure. The written document must contain a summary of the Confidential Information disclosed with enough specificity for identification purpose and must be labeled or marked as confidential or its equivalent. 10.2. Obligations of Confidentiality. During the Term and for a period of three (3) years from the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Recipient will (a) not disclose Confidential Information to any third party, except as expressly permitted in this Section 10 - Confidentiality; (b) restrict disclosure of Confidential Information to only those employees, agents or consultants who must access the Confidential Information for the purpose of providing Services and who are bound by confidentiality terms substantially similar to those in this Agreement and licenses; (c) not copy, reproduce, reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any Confidential Information; (d) use the same degree of care as for its own information of like importance, but no less than reasonable care to safeguard against disclosure; (e) promptly notify Discloser upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information and take reasonable steps to regain possession of the Confidential Information and prevent further unauthorized actions or other breach of this Section; and (f) only use the Confidential Information as needed to fulfill its obligations and secure its rights under this Agreement. 10.3. Exceptions. Recipient may disclose Confidential Information to the extent required by law, or a judicial or legislative order or proceeding. Recipient is not obligated to maintain as confidential any information that Recipient can demonstrate by documentation (a) is publicly known or available prior to without breach of this Agreement; (b) is lawfully obtained; or (c) is independently known or developed by Recipient without the use of, or reference to, any of Discloser's Confidential Information or any breach of this Agreement. 10.4. Ownership of Confidential Information. All Confidential Information is and will remain the property of Discloser, and will not be copied or reproduced without written permission. Within ten (10) days of receipt of Discloser's written request, Recipient will return or destroy all Confidential Information to Discloser, or certify in writing that all such Confidential Information has been destroyed. However, Recipient may retain (a) one (1) archival copy for use only in case of a dispute concerning this Agreement, and (b) Confidential Information that has been automatically stored in accordance with Recipient's standard backup or recordkeeping procedures. Recipient will remain subject to the obligations of this Agreement with respect to any Confidential Information retained subject to clauses (a) or (b). No license, express or implied, in the Confidential Information is granted to the Recipient other than to use it in the manner, and to the extent authorized by this Agreement. Discloser represents and warrants that it is authorized to disclose any Confidential Information it discloses pursuant to this Agreement. Section 11. Proprietary Rights; Data; Feedback. 11.1. Motorola Materials. Customer acknowledges that Motorola may use or provide Customer with access to "Motorola Materials". Except when Motorola has expressly transferred title or other interest to Customer by way of an Addendum, the Motorola Materials are the property of Motorola or its licensors, and Motorola or its licensors retain all right, title and interest in and to the Motorola Materials (including, all rights in patents, copyrights, Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-15 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, know-how, other intellectual property and proprietary rights, and all associated goodwill and moral rights). This Agreement does not grant to Customer any shared development rights in or to any Motorola Materials or other intellectual property, and Customer agrees to execute any documents and take any other actions reasonably requested by Motorola to effectuate the foregoing. Motorola and its licensors reserve all rights not expressly granted to Customer, and no rights, other than those expressly granted herein, are granted to Customer by implication, estoppel or otherwise. Customer will not modify, disassemble, reverse engineer, derive source code or create derivative works from, merge with other software, distribute, sublicense, sell, or export the Products and Services or other Motorola Materials, or permit any third party to do so. 11.2. Ownership of Customer Data. Customer retains all right, title and interest, including intellectual property rights, if any, in and to Customer Data. Motorola acquires no rights to Customer Data except those rights granted under this Agreement including the right to Process and use the Customer Data as set forth in the DPA. 11.3. Data Retention and Deletion. Except as expressly provided otherwise under the DPA, Motorola will delete all Customer Data following termination or expiration of this MCA or the applicable Addendum or Proposal, with such deletion to occur no later than ninety (90) days following the applicable date of termination or expiration, unless otherwise required to comply with applicable law. Any requests for the exportation or download of Customer Data must be made by Customer to Motorola in writing before expiration or termination, subject to Section 15.9 — Notices. Motorola will have no obligation to retain such Customer Data beyond expiration or termination unless the Customer has purchased extended storage from Motorola through a mutually executed Proposal. 11.4. Service Use Data. Customer understands and agrees that Motorola may collect and use Service Use Data for its own purposes, and may disclose Service Use Data to third parties. It is Customer's responsibility to notify Authorized Users of Motorola's collection and use of Service Use Data and to obtain any required consents, provide all necessary notices, and meet any other applicable legal requirements with respect to such collection and use, and Customer represents and warrants to Motorola that it has complied and will continue to comply with this Section. 11.5. Third -Party Data and Motorola Data. Customer will not, and will use reasonable efforts to ensure its Authorized Users will not: (a) use the Motorola Data or Third -Party Data for any purpose other than Customer's internal business purposes; (b) disclose the data to third parties; (c) "white label" such data or otherwise misrepresent its source or ownership, or resell, distribute, sublicense, or commercially exploit the data in any manner; (d) use such data in violation of applicable laws; (e) remove, obscure, alter, or falsify any marks or proprietary rights notices indicating the source, origin, or ownership of the data; or (f) modify such data or combine it with Customer Data or other data or use the data to build databases. Additional restrictions may be set forth in the applicable Addendum. 11.5.1. Any rights granted to Customer or Authorized Users with respect to Motorola Data or Third -Party Data will immediately terminate upon termination or expiration of the applicable Addendum, Proposal, or this MCA. Further, Motorola or the applicable Third -Party Data provider may suspend, change, or terminate Customer's or any Authorized User's access to Motorola Data or Third -Party Data if Motorola or such Third -Party Data provider believes Customer's or the Authorized User's use of the data violates the Agreement, applicable law or Motorola's agreement with the applicable Third -Party Data provider. 11.5.2. Upon termination of Customer's rights to use any Motorola Data or Third -Party Data, Customer and all Authorized Users will immediately discontinue use of such data, delete all copies of such data, and certify such deletion to Motorola. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary, Motorola will have no liability for Third -Party Data or Motorola Data available through the Products and Services. Motorola and its Third -Party Data providers reserve all rights in and to Motorola Data and Third -Party Data not expressly granted in an Addendum or Proposal. 11.6. Feedback. Any Feedback provided by Customer is entirely voluntary, and will not create any confidentiality obligation for Motorola, even if designated as confidential by Customer. Motorola may use, reproduce, license, and otherwise distribute and exploit the Feedback without any obligation or payment to Customer or Authorized Users Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-16 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement and Customer represents and warrants that it has obtained all necessary rights and consents to grant Motorola the foregoing rights. 11.7. Improvements; Products and Services. The Parties agree that, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all fixes, modifications and improvements to the Services or Products conceived of or made by or on behalf of Motorola that are based either in whole or in part on the Feedback, Customer Data, or Service Use Data (or otherwise) are the exclusive property of Motorola and all right, title and interest in and to such fixes, modifications or improvements will vest solely in Motorola. Customer agrees to execute any written documents necessary to assign any intellectual property or other rights it may have in such fixes, modifications or improvements to Motorola. Section 12. Acceptance 12.1. Communications System Acceptance. 12.1.1. Any Communications System described in the Proposal hereunder (including the Products, Integration Services, and all other components thereof) will be deemed completed upon successful completion of the acceptance procedures ("Acceptance Tests") set forth in the Acceptance Test Plan ("System Acceptance"). Motorola will notify Customer at least ten (10) days before the Communications System testing commences. Upon System Acceptance, the Parties will memorialize this event by promptly executing a certificate documenting such System Acceptance as set forth in Exhibit C. If the Acceptance Test Plan includes separate tests for individual sub - Systems or phases of the Communications System, acceptance of the individual sub -System or phase will occur upon the successful completion of the Acceptance Tests for the sub -Communications System or phase, and the Parties will promptly execute an acceptance certificate for the sub -Communications System or phase. If Customer believes the Communications System has failed the completed Acceptance Tests, Customer will provide to Motorola a written notice that includes the specific details of the failure. If Customer does not provide to Motorola a failure notice within thirty (30) days after completion of the Acceptance Tests, System Acceptance will be deemed to have occurred as of the completion of the Acceptance Tests. Minor omissions or variances in the Communications System that do not materially impair the operation of the Communications System as a whole will not postpone System Acceptance or sub -Communications System acceptance, but will be corrected according to a mutually agreed punch list schedule. This Section applies to Products purchased as part of a Communications System notwithstanding any conflicting delivery provisions within this Agreement and this Section will control over such other delivery provisions to the extent of a conflict. 12.1.2. Beneficial Use. Customer acknowledges that Motorola's ability to perform its implementation and testing responsibilities may be impeded if Customer begins using the Communications System before System Acceptance. 12.1.3. Customer shall not commence using the system before System Acceptance without Motorola's prior written authorization, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Motorola is not responsible for Communications System performance deficiencies that occur prior to System Acceptance or written authorized use. Upon the date Customer begins using the Communications System, Customer assumes responsibility for the use and operation of the Communications System. 12.2 Software System Completion. Any Software System described in the Proposal (including the Products, Integration Services, and all other components thereof) will be deemed completed upon Customer's (or the applicable Authorized User's) Beneficial Use of each Product that is included in the Software System (unless alternative acceptance procedures are set forth in the Proposal) (the "System Completion Date"). Customer will not unreasonably delay Beneficial Use of any Product within a Software System, and in any event, the Parties agree that Beneficial Use of a Product will be deemed to have occurred thirty (30) days after functional demonstration. For clarity, if a Software System is comprised of more than one Product, Motorola may notify Customer that all Integration Services for a particular Product within the Software System have been completed, and Customer may have Beneficial Use of such Product prior to having Beneficial Use of other Products in the Software System, or of the Software System as a whole. In such case, the Integration Services applicable to such Product will be deemed complete upon Customer's Beneficial Use of the Product ("Product Completion Date"), which may occur before the System Completion Date. As used in this Section, "Beneficial Use" means use by Customer or at least one (1) Authorized User of the material features and functionalities of a Product within a Software System, in material Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-17 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement conformance with Product descriptions in the Proposal. This Section applies to Products purchased as part of a Software System notwithstanding any conflicting delivery provisions within this Agreement, and will control over such other delivery provisions to the extent of a conflict. Section 13. Force Majeure; Delays Caused by Customer. 13.1. Force Majeure. Except for Customer's payment obligations hereunder, neither Party will be responsible for nonperformance or delayed performance due to events outside of its reasonable control. If performance will be significantly delayed, the affected Party will provide notice to the other Party, and the Parties will agree (in writing) upon a reasonable extension to any applicable performance schedule. 13.2. Delays Caused by Customer. Motorola's performance of the Products and Services will be excused for delays caused by Customer or its Authorized Users or subcontractors, or by failure of any assumptions set forth in this Agreement (including in any Addendum or Proposal). In the event of a delay under this Section 13.2 — Delays Caused by Customer, (a) Customer will continue to pay the Fees as required hereunder, (b) the Parties will agree (in writing) upon a reasonable extension to any applicable performance schedule, and (c) Customer will compensate Motorola for its out-of-pocket costs incurred due to the delay (including those incurred by Motorola's affiliates, vendors, and subcontractors). Section 14. Disputes. The Parties will use the following procedure to resolve any disputes relating to or arising out of this Agreement (each, a "Dispute"): 14.1. Governing Law. All matters relating to or arising out of the Agreement are governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, unless Customer is the United States Government (or an agency thereof) or a state government or state agency or local municipality within the United States, in which case all matters relating to or arising out of the Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State in which the Products and Services are provided. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act will not apply. 14.2. Negotiation; Mediation. The Parties will attempt to timely resolve the Dispute promptly through good faith negotiations. Either Party may initiate dispute resolution procedures by sending a notice of Dispute ("Notice of Dispute") to the other Party. The Parties will choose an independent mediator within thirty (30) days of such Notice of Mediation. Neither Party may unreasonably withhold consent to the selection of a mediator, but if the Parties are unable to agree upon a mediator, either Party may request that the American Arbitration Association nominate a mediator. Each Party will bear its own costs of mediation, but the Parties will share the cost of the mediator equally. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, all in person meetings under this Section 14.2 — Negotiation; Mediation will take place in Chicago, Illinois, and all communication relating to the Dispute resolution will be maintained in strict confidence by the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Dispute arising from or relating to Motorola's intellectual property rights must be decided by a court of competent jurisdiction, in accordance with Section 14.3 — Litigation, Venue, Jurisdiction below. 14.3. Litigation, Venue, Jurisdiction. If the Dispute has not been resolved by mediation within sixty (60) days from the Notice of Mediation, either Party may submit the Dispute exclusively to a court in Cook County, Illinois, or in the case the Customer is the United States, a state agency, or local municipality, then the appropriate court in the State in which the Products and Services are provided. Each Party expressly consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for resolution of any Dispute and to enforce the outcome of any mediation. Section 15. General. 15.1. Compliance with Laws. Each Party will comply with applicable laws in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including that Customer will ensure its and its Authorized Users' use of the Products and Services complies with law (including privacy laws), and Customer will obtain any FCC and other licenses or authorizations (including licenses or authorizations required by foreign regulatory bodies) required for its and its Authorized Users' use of the Products and Services. Motorola may, at its discretion, cease providing or otherwise modify Products and Services (or any terms related thereto in an Addendum or Proposal), in order to comply with any changes in applicable law. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-18 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 15.2. Audit; Monitoring. Motorola will have the right to monitor and audit use of the Products,including an audit of total user licenses credentialed by Customer for any Subscription Software, which may also include access by Motorola to Customer Data and Service Use Data. Customer will provide notice of such monitoring to its Authorized Users and obtain any required consents, including individual end users, and will cooperate with Motorola in any monitoring or audit. Customer will maintain during the Term, and for two (2) years thereafter, accurate records relating to any software licenses granted under this Agreement to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or a third party ("Auditor") may inspect Customer's and, as applicable, Authorized Users' premises, books, and records. Motorola will pay expenses and costs of the Auditor, unless Customer is found to be in violation of the terms of the Agreement, in which case Customer will be responsible for such expenses and costs. In the event Motorola determines that Customer's usage of the Subscription Software during the applicable Subscription Term exceeded the total number of licenses purchased by Customer, Motorola may invoice Customer for the additional licenses used by Customer, pro -rated for each additional license from the date such license was activated, and Customer will pay such invoice in accordance with the payment terms in the Agreement. 15.3. Assignment and Subcontracting. Neither Party may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party. Motorola may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without consent (a) for financing purposes, (b) in connection with a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, (c) as part of a corporate reorganization, or (d) to a subsidiary corporation. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. Motorola may subcontract any of the work, but subcontracting will not relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. 15.4. Waiver. A delay or omission by either Party to exercise any right under this Agreement will not be construed to be a waiver of such right. A waiver by either Party of any of the obligations to be performed by the other, or any breach thereof, will not be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or of any other obligation. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the Party waiving its rights. 15.5. Severability. If any provision of the Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the Parties in accordance with applicable law. The remaining provisions of this Agreement will not be affected, and each such provision will be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by applicable law. 15.6. Independent Contractors. Each Party will perform its duties under this Agreement as an independent contractor. The Parties and their personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party. Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted as granting either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other. This Agreement will not constitute, create, or be interpreted as a joint venture, partnership, or formal business organization of any kind. 15.7. Third -Party Beneficiaries. The Agreement is entered into solely between, and may be enforced only by, the Parties. Each Party intends that the Agreement will not benefit, or create any right or cause of action in or on behalf of, any entity other than the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a licensor or supplier of third -party software included in the software Products will be a direct and intended third -party beneficiary of this Agreement. 15.8. Interpretation. The section headings in this Agreement are included only for convenience The words "including" and "include" will be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". This Agreement will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against either Party. 15.9. Notices. Notices required under this Agreement to be given by one Party to the other must be in writing and either personally delivered or sent to the address provided by the other Party by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by a recognized courier service, such as FedEx, UPS, or DHL), and will be effective upon receipt. 15.10. Cumulative Remedies. Except as specifically stated in this Agreement, all remedies provided for in this Agreement will be cumulative and in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies available to either Party at law, in equity, by contract, or otherwise. Except as specifically stated in this Agreement, the election by a Party of Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-19 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement any remedy provided for in this Agreement or otherwise available to such Party will not preclude such Party from pursuing any other remedies available to such Party at law, in equity, by contract, or otherwise. 15.11. Survival. The following provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Section 3.4 — Customer Obligations; Section 4.6 — Effect of Termination or Expiration; Section 5 — Payment and Invoicing; Section 7.11 — Warranty Disclaimer; Section 8.3 — Customer Indemnity; Section 9 — Limitation of Liability; Section 10 — Confidentiality; Section 11 — Proprietary Rights; Data; Feedback; Section 13 — Force Majeure; Delays Caused by Customer; Section 14 — Disputes; and Section 15 — General. 15.12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, Addenda, and Proposals, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties regarding the subject matter hereto, and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to this subject matter. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, and will have the same legal force and effect as if the Parties had executed it as a single document. The Parties may sign in writing or by electronic signature. An electronic signature, facsimile copy, or computer image of a signature, will be treated, and will have the same effect as an original signature, and will have the same effect, as an original signed copy of this document. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any Customer purchase order, acknowledgment, or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification or part of this Agreement, even if a representative of each Party signs such document. The Parties hereby enter into this MCA as of the Effective Date. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Customer: City of Miami, FL By: By: Name: Name: Title: Title: Date: Date: Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-20 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Software License Addendum This Software License Addendum (this "SLA") is subject to, and governed by, the terms of the Motorola Solutions Customer Agreement ("MCA") to which it is attached. Capitalized terms used in this SLA, but not defined herein, will have the meanings set forth in the MCA. Section 1. Addendum. This SLA governs Customer's use of Licensed Software (and, if set forth in a Proposal, related Services) and Subscription Software from Motorola, as applicable, and is an integral part of the Parties' Agreement. Section 2. Licensed Software License and Restrictions. 2.1. Licensed Software License. Subject to Customer's and its Authorized Users' compliance with the Agreement (including payment terms), Motorola hereby grants Customer and its Authorized Users a limited, non- transferable, non-sublicensable, and non-exclusive license to use the Licensed Software identified in a Proposal, in object code form only, and the associated Documentation, solely in connection with the Equipment provided by Motorola or authorized Customer -Provided Equipment (as applicable, the "Designated Products") and solely for Customer's internal business purposes. Unless otherwise stated in an Addendum or the Proposal, the foregoing license grant will be limited to the number of licenses set forth in the applicable Proposal and will continue for the life of the applicable Designated Product. Except as otherwise permitted in an applicable Addendum or Proposal, Customer may install, access, and use Licensed Software only in Customer's owned or controlled facilities, including any authorized mobile sites; provided, however, that Authorized Users using authorized mobile or handheld devices may also log into and access the Licensed Software remotely from any location. 2.2. Subscription License Model. If the Parties mutually agree that any Licensed Software purchased under this Agreement will be replaced with or upgraded to Subscription Software, then upon such time which the Parties execute the applicable Change Order or Proposal, the licenses granted under this Section 2 Licensed Software License and Restrictions will automatically terminate, and such Subscription Software will be governed by the terms of Section 3 Subscription Software License and Restrictions. 2.3. Customer Restrictions. Customers and Authorized Users will comply with the applicable Documentation in connection with their use of the Products. Customer will not and will not allow others, including the Authorized Users, to: (a) make the Licensed Software available for use by unauthorized third parties, including via a commercial rental or sharing arrangement; (b) reverse engineer, disassemble, or reprogram the Licensed Software or any portion thereof to a human -readable form; (c) modify, create derivative works of, or merge the Licensed Software with other software or equipment; (d) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, lease, or transfer the Licensed Software or Documentation for or to any third party without the prior express written permission of Motorola; (e) take any action that would cause the Licensed Software or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; (f) use the Licensed Software to compete with Motorola; or (g) remove, alter, or obscure, any copyright or other notice. 2.4. Copies. Customer may make one (1) copy of the Licensed Software solely for archival, back-up, or disaster recovery purposes during the term of the applicable Licensed Software license. Customer may make as many copies of the Documentation reasonably required for the internal use of the Licensed Software during such Licensed Software's license term. Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Customer will not, and will not enable or allow any third party to: (a) install a licensed copy of the Licensed Software on more than one (1) unit of a Designated Product; or (b) copy onto or transfer Licensed Software installed in a unit of a Designated Product onto another device. Customer may temporarily transfer Licensed Software installed on a Designated Product to another device if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Customer provides written notice to Motorola of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Licensed is transferred. Temporary transfer of the Licensed Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is returned to operation and the Licensed Software must be removed from the other device. Customer must provide prompt written notice to Motorola at the time the temporary transfer is discontinued. 2.5. Resale of Equipment. Equipment contains embedded Licensed Software. If Customer desires to sell its used Equipment to a third party, Customer must first receive prior written authorization from Motorola, which will Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-21 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement not be unreasonably denied, and obtain written acceptance of the applicable Licensed Software license terms, including the obligation to pay relevant license fees, from such third party. Section 3. Subscription Software License and Restrictions. 3.1. Subscription Software License. Subject to Customer's and its Authorized Users' compliance with the Agreement, including payment terms, Motorola hereby grants Customer and its Authorized Users a limited, non- transferable, non-sublicensable, and non-exclusive license to use the Subscription Software identified in a Proposal, and the associated Documentation, solely for Customer's internal business purposes. The foregoing license grant will be limited to use in the territory and to the number of licenses set forth in a Proposal (if applicable), and will continue for the applicable Subscription Term. Customer may access, and use the Subscription Software only in Customer's owned or controlled facilities, including any authorized mobile sites; provided, however, that Authorized Users using authorized mobile or handheld devices may also log into and access the Subscription Software remotely from any location. No custom development work will be performed under this Addendum. 3.2. Customer Restrictions. Customers and Authorized Users will comply with the applicable Documentation and the copyright laws of the United States and all other relevant jurisdictions (including the copyright laws where Customer uses the Subscription Software) in connection with their use of the Subscription Software. Customer will not, and will not allow others including the Authorized Users, to make the Subscription Software available for use by unauthorized third parties, including via a commercial rental or sharing arrangement; reverse engineer, disassemble, or reprogram software used to provide the Subscription Software or any portion thereof to a human - readable form; modify, create derivative works of, or merge the Subscription Software or software used to provide the Subscription Software with other software; copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Subscription Software or Documentation for or to any third party; take any action that would cause the Subscription Software, software used to provide the Subscription Software, or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; use the Subscription Software to compete with Motorola; remove, alter, or obscure, any copyright or other notice; share user credentials (including among Authorized Users); use the Subscription Software to store or transmit malicious code; or attempt to gain unauthorized access to the Subscription Software or its related systems or networks. 3.3. User Credentials. If applicable, Motorola will provide Customer with administrative user credentials for the Subscription Software, and Customer will ensure such administrative user credentials are accessed and used only by Customer's employees with training on their proper use. Customer will protect, and will cause its Authorized Users to protect, the confidentiality and security of all user credentials, including any administrative user credentials, and maintain user credential validity, including by updating passwords. Customer will be liable for any use of the Subscription Software through such user credential (including through any administrative user credentials), including any changes made to the Subscription Software or issues or user impact arising therefrom. To the extent Motorola provides Services to Customer in order to help resolve issues resulting from changes made to the Subscription Software through user credentials, including through any administrative user credentials, or issues otherwise created by Authorized Users, such Services will be billed to Customer on a time and materials basis, and Customer will pay all invoices in accordance with the payment terms of the MCA. Section 4. Software Systems - Applicable Terms and Conditions 4.1. On -Premise Software System. If Customer purchases an "on -premises Software System," where Licensed Software is installed at Customer Sites or on Customer -Provided Equipment, then, unless otherwise specified in writing that any software is being purchased as Subscription Software, the Licensed Software is subject to Section 2 of the SLA. 4.1.1. CAD and Records Products. The terms set forth in this Section 4.1.1. apply in the event Customer purchases any Computer Aided Dispatch ("CAD") or Records Products under the Agreement. 4.1.1.1. Support Required. Customer acknowledges and agrees that the licenses granted by Motorola under this SLA to CAD and Records Products for on -premises Software Systems are conditioned upon Customer purchasing Maintenance and Support Services for such Products during the term of the applicable license. If at any time during the term of any such license, Customer fails to purchase associated Maintenance and Support Services (or pay the Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-22 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement fees for such Services), Motorola will have the right to terminate or suspend the software licenses for CAD and Record Products. 4.1.1.2. CJIS Security Policy. Motorola agrees to support Customer's obligation to comply with the Federal Bureau of Investigation Criminal Justice Information Services ("CJIS") Security Policy and will comply with the terms of the CJIS Security Addendum for the term of the Addendum or Proposal for the applicable Product. Customer hereby consents to Motorola screened personnel serving as the "escort" within the meaning of CJIS Security Policy for unscreened Motorola personnel that require access to unencrypted Criminal Justice Information for purposes of Product support and development. 4.2. On -Premise Software System as a Service. If Customer purchases an "on -premises Software System as a service," where software Products are installed at Customer Sites or on Customer -Provided Equipment, and generally licensed on a subscription basis (i.e, as Subscription Software), then such Subscription Software is subject to Section 3 of the SLA. The firmware preinstalled on Equipment included with an on -premises Software System as a service purchase, and any Microsoft operating system Licensed Software are subject to Section 2 of the SLA. 4.2.1. Transition to Subscription License Model. If the Parties mutually agree that any on -premises Subscription Software purchased under this SLA as part of an "on -premises Software System as a service" solution will be replaced with or upgraded to Subscription Software hosted in a data center, then upon such time the Parties execute the applicable agreement, (a) the licenses granted to such on -premises Subscription Software under this SLA will automatically terminate, (b) Customer and its Authorized Users will cease use of the applicable on -premises copies of Subscription Software, and (c) the replacement hosted Subscription Software provided hereunder will be governed by the terms of Section 4.3 Cloud Hosted Software System. 4.2.2. Transition Fee. Motorola will not charge additional Fees for Services related to the transition to hosted Subscription Software, as described in Section 4.2.1 — Transition to Subscription License Model. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subscription Fees may be greater than Fees paid by Customer for on -premises Subscription Software. 4.2.3. Software Decommissioning. Upon (a) transition of the on -premises Software System as a service to Subscription Software hosted in a data center or (b) any termination of the Subscription Software license for the on - premises Software System as a service, Motorola will have the right to enter Customer Sites and decommission the applicable on -premises Subscription Software that is installed at Customer's Site or on Customer -Provided Equipment. For clarity, Customer will retain the right to use Licensed Software that is firmware incorporated into Equipment purchased by Customer from Motorola and any Microsoft operating system Licensed Software. 4.3. Cloud Hosted Software System. If Customer purchases a "cloud hosted Software System," where the applicable software is hosted in a data center and provided to Customer as a service (i.e., as hosted Subscription Software), then such Subscription Software is subject to Section 3 of the SLA. 4.4. Additional Cloud Terms. The terms set forth in this Section 4.4 — Additional Cloud Terms apply in the event Customer purchases any cloud -hosted software Products. 4.4.1. Data Storage. Motorola will determine, in its sole discretion, the location of the stored content for cloud hosted software Products. All data, replications, and backups will be stored at a location in the United States for Customers in the United States. 4.4.2. Data Retrieval. Cloud hosted software Products will leverage different types of storage to optimize software, as determined in Motorola's sole discretion. For multimedia data, such as videos, pictures, audio files, Motorola will, in its sole discretion, determine the type of storage medium used to store the content. The type of storage and medium selected by Motorola will determine the data retrieval speed. Access to content in archival storage may take up to twenty-four (24) hours to be viewable. 4.4.3. Maintenance. Scheduled maintenance of cloud -hosted software Products will be performed periodically. Motorola will make commercially reasonable efforts to notify customers one (1) week in advance of any such maintenance. Unscheduled and emergency maintenance may be required from time to time. Motorola will make Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-23 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement commercially reasonable efforts to notify customers of any unscheduled or emergency maintenance twenty-four (24) hours in advance. Section 5. Term. 5.1. Term. The term of this SLA (the "SLA Term") will commence upon the Effective Date of the MCA. 5.2. Termination - Licensed Software License. Notwithstanding the termination provisions of the MCA, Motorola may terminate this SLA (and any Agreements hereunder) immediately upon notice to Customer if Customer breaches Section 2 — Licensed Software License and Restrictions of this SLA, or any other provision related to Licensed Software license scope or restrictions set forth in a Proposal, EULA, or other applicable Addendum. Upon termination or expiration of the SLA Term, all Motorola obligations under this SLA (including with respect to Equipment and Licensed Software delivered hereunder) will terminate. If Customer desires to purchase additional Services in connection with such Equipment or Licensed Software, Customer may enter into a separate Addendum with Motorola, governing such Services. 5.3. Termination - Subscription Software License. Notwithstanding the termination provisions of the MCA, Motorola may terminate this SLA, or suspend delivery of Subscription Software or Services, immediately upon notice to Customer if (a) Customer breaches Section 3 — Subscription Software License and Restrictions of this SLA, or any other provision related to Subscription Software license scope or restrictions set forth therein, or (b) it determines that Customer's use of the Subscription Software poses, or may pose, a security or other risk or adverse impact to any Subscription Software, Motorola, Motorola's systems, or any third party (including other Motorola customers). 5.4. Customer acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and distribution of the Licensed Software, Subscription Software, and Documentation, and that Customer's breach of the SLA will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be inadequate. If Customer breaches this SLA, in addition to termination, Motorola will be entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief). 5.5. Applicable End User Terms. Additional license terms apply to third -party software included in certain software Products which are available online at www.motorolasolutions.com/legal-flow-downs. Customer will comply, and ensure its Authorized Users comply, with all such additional license terms. Section 6. Copyright Notices. The existence of a copyright notice on any Licensed Software will not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Licensed Software or public disclosure of any trade secrets associated with the Licensed Software. Section 7. Survival. The following provisions will survive the expiration or termination of this SLA for any reason: Section 2 — Licensed Software License and Restrictions; Section 3 -- Subscription Software License and Restrictions; Section 4 -- Software Systems -- Applicable Terms and Conditions; Section 5 — Term; Section 7 — Survival. Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-24 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT AND LIFECYCLE MANAGEMENT ADDENDUM This Maintenance, Support and Lifecycle Management Addendum (this "MSLMA") is subject to, and governed by, the terms of the Motorola Solutions Customer Agreement ("MCA") to which it is attached. Capitalized terms used in this MSLMA, but not defined herein, will have the meanings set forth in the MCA. Section 1. Addendum. This MSLMA governs Customer's purchase of Maintenance, Support and Lifecycle Management (as defined below) services (and, if set forth in an Proposal related Services) from Motorola and will form part of the Parties' Agreement. This MSMLA will control with respect to conflicting terms in the MCA or any other applicable Addendum, but only as applicable to the Maintenance, Support and Lifecycle Management services purchased under this MSMLA and not with respect to other Products and Services. Section 2. Scope Motorola will provide break/fix maintenance, technical support, or other Services (such as software integration Services) ("Maintenance and Support Services") and/or upgrade services ("Lifecycle Management") as further described in the applicable Proposal. Section 3. Terms and conditions 3.1 Maintenance and Support services 3.1.1 Purchase Order Acceptance. Purchase orders for additional, continued, or expanded maintenance and software support, during the Warranty Period or after the Warranty Period, become binding only when accepted in writing by Motorola. 3.1.2 Start Date. The "Start Date" for Maintenance and Support Services will be indicated in the applicable Proposal. 3.1.3 Auto Renewal. Unless the applicable Proposal specifically states a termination date or one Party notifies the other in writing of its intention to discontinue the Maintenance and Support Services, this Agreement will renew for an additional one (1) year term on every anniversary of the Start Date. At the anniversary date, Motorola may adjust the price of the Services to reflect the renewal rate. 3.1.4 Termination. Written notice of intent to terminate must be provided thirty (30) days or more prior to the anniversary date. If Motorola provides Services after the termination or expiration of this MSLMA, the terms and conditions in effect at the time of termination or expiration will apply to those Services and Customer agrees to pay for those services on a time and materials basis at Motorola's then effective hourly rates. This provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. 3.1.5 Equipment Definition. For maintenance and support services, Equipment will be defined to mean the hardware specified in the applicable Proposal. 3.1.6 Additional Hardware. If Customer purchases additional hardware from Motorola that becomes part of the Communications System, the additional hardware may be added to this MSLMA and will be billed at the applicable rates after the warranty period for that additional equipment expires. Such hardware will be included in the definition of Equipment. 3.1.7 Maintenance. Equipment will be maintained at levels set forth in the manufacturer's product manuals and routine procedures that are prescribed by Motorola will be followed. Motorola parts or parts of equal quality will be used for Equipment maintenance. 3.1.8 Equipment Condition. All Equipment must be in good working order on the Start Date or when additional equipment is added to the MSLMA. Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will provide a complete serial and model number list of the Equipment. Customer must promptly notify Motorola in writing when any Equipment is lost, damaged, stolen or taken out of service. Customer's obligation to pay maintenance and support fees for this Equipment will terminate at the end of the month in which Motorola receives the written notice. If Equipment cannot, in Motorola's reasonable opinion, be properly or economically maintained for any reason, Motorola may modify the scope of Services related to that Equipment; remove that Equipment from the Agreement; or increase Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-25 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement the price to maintain that Equipment. 3.1.9 Equipment Failure. Customer must promptly notify Motorola of any Equipment failure. Motorola will respond to Customer's notification in a manner consistent with the level of Service purchased as indicated in this MSLMA and applicable Proposal. 3.1.10 Intrinsically Safe. Customer must specifically identify any Equipment that is labeled intrinsically safe for use in hazardous environments. 3.1.11 Excluded Services. a) Service excludes the repair or replacement of Equipment that has become defective or damaged from use in other than the normal, customary, intended, and authorized manner; use not in compliance with applicable industry standards; excessive wear and tear; or accident, liquids, power surges, neglect, acts of God or other force majeure events. b) Unless specifically included in this MSLMA or the applicable Proposal, Service excludes items that are consumed in the normal operation of the Equipment, such as batteries or magnetic tapes.; upgrading or reprogramming Equipment; accessories, belt clips, battery chargers, custom or special products, modified units, or software; and repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna, microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler. Motorola has no obligations for any transmission medium, such as telephone lines, computer networks, the internet or the worldwide web, or for Equipment malfunction caused by the transmission medium. 3.1.12 Time And Place. Service will be provided at the location specified in this MSLMA and/or the applicable Proposal. When Motorola performs maintenance, support, or installation at Customer's location, Customer will provide Motorola, at no charge, a non -hazardous work environment with adequate shelter, heat, light, and power and with full and free access to the Equipment. Waivers of liability from Motorola or its subcontractors will not be imposed as a site access requirement. Customer will provide all information pertaining to the hardware and software elements of any system with which the Equipment is interfacing so that Motorola may perform its Services. Unless otherwise stated in this MSLMA or applicable Proposal, the hours of Service will be 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., local time, excluding weekends and holidays. Unless otherwise stated in this MSLMA or applicable Proposal, the price for the Services exclude any charges or expenses associated with helicopter or other unusual access requirements; if these charges or expenses are reasonably incurred by Motorola in rendering the Services, Customer agrees to reimburse Motorola for those charges and expenses. 3.1.13 Customer Contact. Customer will provide Motorola with designated points of contact (list of names and phone numbers) that will be available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, and an escalation procedure to enable Customer's personnel to maintain contact, as needed, with Motorola. 3.1.14 Warranty. Motorola warrants that its Maintenance and Support Services under this section will be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the performance of the Services are completed. In the event of a breach of this warranty, Customer's sole remedy is to require Motorola to re -perform the non -conforming Service or to refund, on a pro-rata basis, the fees paid for the non -conforming Service. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 3.2 Lifecycle Management Services 3.2.1 The License terms included in the MCA and its SLA Addendum apply to any Motorola Licensed Software provided as part of the Lifecycle Management transactions. 3.2.2 The term and Price for the years of services is, excluding applicable sales or use taxes but including discounts, is more fully set forth in the pricing pages. Because the Lifecycle Management is a subscription service as more fully described in the applicable Proposal, payment from Customer is due in advance and will not be in accordance with any Payment Milestone Schedule. 3.2.3 The Communications System upgrade will be scheduled during the subscription period and will be performed when Motorola's upgrade operation resources are available. Motorola may substitute any of the Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-26 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement promised Equipment or Licensed Software so long as the substitute is equivalent or superior to the initially promised Equipment or Licensed Software. 3.2.4 Acceptance of a Lifecycle Management transaction occurs when the Equipment (if any) and Licensed Software are delivered, in accordance with the MCA, and the Lifecycle Management services are fully performed. 3.2.5 The Warranty Period for any Equipment or Licensed Software provided under a Lifecycle Management transaction will commence upon shipment and is for a period of ninety (90) days. The ninety (90) day warranty for Lifecycle Management services is set forth in the applicable Proposal. 3.2.6 In addition to the description of the Lifecycle Management services and exclusions provided in the applicable Proposal, the following apply: a) Upon reasonable request by Motorola, Customer will provide a complete serial and model number list of the Equipment. b) Lifecycle Management services exclude the repair or replacement of Equipment that has become defective or damaged from use in other than the normal, customary, intended, and authorized manner; use not in compliance with applicable industry standards; excessive wear and tear; or accident, liquids, power surges, neglect, acts of God or other force majeure events. c) Unless specifically included in this MSLMA or the applicable Proposal, Lifecycle Management services exclude items that are consumed in the normal operation of the Equipment; accessories; and repair or maintenance of any transmission line, antenna, microwave equipment, tower or tower lighting, duplexer, combiner, or multicoupler. Motorola has no obligations for any transmission medium, such as telephone lines, computer networks, the internet, or for Equipment malfunction caused by the transmission medium. d) Customer will provide Motorola with designated points of contact (list of names and phone numbers) that will be available during the performance of the Lifecycle Management services. 3.2.7 The Lifecycle Management annualized price is based on the fulfillment of the two year cycle. If Customer terminates this service during a two year cycle, except for Motorola's default, then Customer will be required to pay for the balance of payments owed for the two year cycle if a major system release has been implemented before the point of termination. 3.2.8 If Customer terminates this Maintenance and Support or Lifecycle Management service and contractual commitment before the end of the term, for any reason other than Motorola's default, then the Customer will pay to Motorola a termination fee equal to the discount applied to the last three years of service payments related to the commitment. This provision survives the expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision. Section 4. Payment 4.1 Unless alternative payment terms are stated in this MSLMA, Motorola will invoice Customer in advance for each payment period. All other charges will be billed monthly and the Customer must pay each invoice in U.S. dollars within thirty (30) days of the invoice date. Customer will reimburse Motorola for all property taxes, sales and use taxes, excise taxes, and other taxes or assessments that are levied as a result of Services rendered under this Agreement (except income, profit, and franchise taxes of Motorola) by any governmental entity. 4.2 INFLATION ADJUSTMENT. For multi -year agreements, at the end of the Agreement's first year and each year thereafter, a CPI percentage change calculation shall be performed using the U.S. Department of Labor, Consumer Price Index, "All Items," Unadjusted Urban Areas (CPI-U). Should the annual inflation rate increase greater than 3% during the previous year, Motorola shall have the right to increase all future maintenance prices by the CPI increase amount exceeding 3%. The adjustment calculation will be based upon the CPI for the most recent twelve (12) month increment beginning from the most current month available posted by the U.S. Department of Labor (http://www.bls.gov) immediately preceding the new maintenance year. For purposes of illustration, if in Year 5 the CPI reported an increase of 8%, Motorola may increase the Year 6 price by 5% (8%-3% base). Contractual Documentation © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 11-27 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement Section 12 Lease Purchase Agreement Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-1 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS April 18, 2025 CITY OF MIAMI 444 SW 2nd Ave Miami FL 33130 RE: Municipal Lease #25668 Enclosed for your review, please find the Municipal Lease documentation in connection with the solution to be leased from Motorola. The interest rate and payment streams outlined in Equipment Lease -Purchase Agreement #25668 are valid for contracts that are executed and returned to Motorola on or before June 17, 2025 After 6/17/25, the Lessor reserves the option to re -quote and re -price the transaction based on current market interest rates. Please have the documents executed where indicated and forward the documents to the following address: Motorola Solutions Credit Company LLC Attn: Bill Stancik / 44th Floor 500 West Monroe Chicago IL 60661 Should you have any questions, please contact me at 847-538-4531. Thank You, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS CREDIT COMPANY LLC Bill Stancik Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-2 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement LESSEE FACT SHEET Please help Motorola Solutions, Inc. provide excellent billing service by providing the following information: 1. Complete Billing Address E-mail Address: Attention: Phone: 2. Lessee County Location: 3. Federal Tax I.D. Number 4. Purchase Order Number to be referenced on invoice (if necessary) or other "descriptions" that may assist in determining the applicable cost center or department: 5. Equipment description that you would like to appear on your invoicing: Appropriate Contact for Documentation / System Acceptance Follow-up: 6. Appropriate Contact & Mailing Address Phone: Fax: 7 Payment remit to address: Motorola Solutions Credit Company LLC P.O. Box 71132 Chicago IL 60694-1132 Thank you Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-3 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement EQUIPMENT LEASE -PURCHASE AGREEMENT Lease Number: 25668 LESSEE: LESSOR: CITY OF MIAMI 444 SW 2nd Ave Miami FL 33130 Motorola Solutions, Inc. 500 West Monroe Chicago IL 60661 Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee and Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor, the equipment and/or software described in Schedule A attached hereto ("Equipment') in accordance with the following terms and conditions of this Equipment Lease -Purchase Agreement ("Lease"). 1. TERM. This Lease will become effective upon the execution hereof by Lessor. The Term of this Lease will commence on the Commencement Date specified in Schedule A and unless terminated according to terms hereof or the purchase option, provided in Section 18, is exercised this Lease will continue until the Expiration Date set forth in Schedule B attached hereto ("Lease Term"). 2. RENT. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor or its assignee the Lease Payments (herein so called), including the interest portion, in the amounts specified in Schedule B. The Lease Payments will be payable without notice or demand at the office of the Lessor (or such other place as Lessor or its assignee may from time to time designate in writing), and will commence on the first Lease Payment Date as set forth in Schedule B and thereafter on each of the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule B. Any payments received later than ten (10) days from the due date will bear interest at the highest lawful rate from the due date. Except as specifically provided in Section 5 hereof, the Lease Payments will be absolute and unconditional in all events and will not be subject to any set-off, defense, counterclaim, or recoupment for any reason whatsoever. Lessee reasonably believes that funds can be obtained sufficient to make all Lease Payments during the Lease Term. Lessee will seek funding each year as a part of its budget process. It is Lessee's intent to make Lease Payments for the full Lease Term if funds are legally available therefore and in that regard Lessee represents that the Equipment will be used for one or more authorized governmental or proprietary functions essential to its proper, efficient and economic operation. Lessee's obligation to make Lease Payments and to pay any other amounts payable under this Lease constitutes a current obligation payable only to the extent permitted by law and exclusively from legally available funds and shall not be construed to be an indebtedness within the meaning of any applicable constitutional or statutory limitation or requirement. Lessee has not pledged and will not pledge its full faith and credit or its taxing power to pay any Lease Payments or any other amounts under this Lease. Neither Lessor nor any Assignee (described below) may compel the levy of any ad valorem taxes by Lessee to pay Lease Payments or any other amounts under this Lease. 3. DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE. Lessor will cause the Equipment to be delivered to Lessee at the location specified in Schedule A ("Equipment Location"). Lessee will accept the Equipment as soon as it has been delivered and is operational. Lessee will evidence its acceptance of the Equipment either (a) by executing and delivering to Lessor a Delivery and Acceptance Certificate in the form provided by Lessor; or (b) by executing and delivering the form of acceptance provided for in the Contract (defined below). Even if Lessee has not executed and delivered to Lessor a Delivery and Acceptance Certificate or other form of acceptance acceptable to Lessor, if Lessor believes the Equipment has been delivered and is operational, Lessor may require Lessee to notify Lessor in writing (within five (5) days of Lessee's receipt of Lessor's request) whether or not Lessee deems the Equipment (i) to have been delivered and (ii) to be operational, and hence be accepted by Lessee. If Lessee fails to so respond in such five (5) day period, Lessee will be deemed to have accepted the Equipment and be deemed to have acknowledged that the Equipment was delivered and is operational as if Lessee had in fact executed and delivered to Lessor a Delivery and Acceptance Certificate or other form acceptable to Lessor. Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-4 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Lessor acknowledges that the Equipment leased hereunder is being manufactured and installed by Lessor pursuant to contract (the "Contract") covering the Equipment. Lessee acknowledges that on or prior to the date of acceptance of the Equipment, Lessor intends to sell and assign Lessor's right, title and interest in and to this Agreement and the Equipment to an assignee ("Assignee"). LESSEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE CONTRACT, LESSOR MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE OR KIND WHATSOEVER, AND AS BETWEEN LESSEE AND THE ASSIGNEE, THE PROPERTY SHALL BE ACCEPTED BY LESSEE "AS IS" AND "WITH ALL FAULTS." LESSEE AGREES TO SETTLE ALL CLAIMS DIRECTLY WITH LESSOR AND WILL NOT ASSERT OR SEEK TO ENFORCE ANY SUCH CLAIMS AGAINST THE ASSIGNEE. NEITHER LESSOR NOR THE ASSIGNEE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER AS A RESULT OF THE LEASE OF THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF PROFITS, PROPERTY DAMAGE OR LOST PRODUCTION WHETHER SUFFERED BY LESSEE OR ANY THIRD PARTY. Lessor is not responsible for, and shall not be liable to Lessee for damages relating to loss of value of the Equipment for any cause or situation (including, without limitation, governmental actions or regulations or actions of other third parties). 5. NON -APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, in the event the funds appropriated by Lessee's governing body or otherwise available by any means whatsoever in any fiscal period of Lessee for Lease Payments or other amounts due under this Lease are insufficient therefor, this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the fiscal period for which appropriations were received without penalty or expense to Lessee of any kind whatsoever, except as to the portions of Lease Payments or other amounts herein agreed upon for which funds shall have been appropriated and budgeted or are otherwise available. The Lessee will immediately notify the Lessor or its Assignee of such occurrence. In the event of such termination, Lessor may request by written notice that Lessee promptly deliver the Equipment to Lessor or its Assignee. In the event that Lessee agrees to deliver the Equipment to Lessor, Lessee hereby agrees to transfer title to and deliver possession of the Equipment in accordance with Section 17.1 of this Lease. In the event that Lessee does not return the Equipment to Lessor, Lessor may proceed by appropriate court action or actions, either at law or in equity, to recover damages. 6. LESSEE CERTIFICATION. Lessee represents, covenants and warrants that: (i) Lessee is a state or a duly constituted political subdivision or agency of the state of the Equipment Location; (ii) the interest portion of the Lease Payments shall be excludable from Lessor's gross income pursuant to Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time ( the "Code'); (iii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of this Lease have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Lessee; (iv) this Lease constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee enforceable in accordance with its terms; (v) Lessee will comply with the information reporting requirements of Section 149(e) of the Code, and such compliance shall include but not be limited to the execution of information statements requested by Lessor; (vi) Lessee will not do or cause to be done any act which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, the Lease to be an arbitrage bond within the meaning of Section 148(a) of the Code; (vii) Lessee will not do or cause to be done any act which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, this Lease to be a private activity bond within the meaning of Section 141(a) of the Code; (viii) Lessee will not do or cause to be done any act which will cause, or by omission of any act allow, the interest portion of the Lease Payments to be or become includible in gross income for Federal income taxation purposes under the Code; and (ix) Lessee will be the only entity to own, use and operate the Equipment during the Lease Term. Lessee represents, covenants and warrants that (i) it will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep the Lease in full force and effect, (ii) it has complied with all public bidding requirements where necessary and by due notification presented this Lease for approval and adoption as a valid obligation on its part, and (iii) it has sufficient appropriations or other funds available to pay all amounts due hereunder for the current fiscal period. If Lessee breaches the covenant contained in this Section, the interest component of Lease Payments may become includible in gross income of the owner or owners thereof for federal income tax purposes. In such event, Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-5 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11 of this Agreement, Lessee agrees to pay promptly after any such determination of taxability and on each Lease Payment date thereafter to Lessor an additional amount determined by Lessor to compensate such owner or owners for the loss of such excludibility (including, without limitation, compensation relating to interest expense, penalties or additions to tax), which determination shall be conclusive (absent manifest error). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any additional amount payable by Lessee pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 2 and 5 hereof. It is Lessor's and Lessee's intention that this Agreement not constitute a "true" lease for federal income tax purposes and, therefore, it is Lessor's and Lessee's intention that Lessee be considered the owner of the Equipment for federal income tax purposes. 7. TITLE TO EQUIPMENT. During the Lease Term, title to the Equipment will vest in Lessee and Lessor will have no security interest therein. Notwithstanding the obligations of Lessee to pay the Lease Payments, this Lease shall not result in the creation of any lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon the Equipment and Lessor shall have no right to involuntarily dispossess Lessee of the use and enjoyment of or title to the Equipment. 8. USE; REPAIRS. Lessee will use the Equipment in a careful manner for the use contemplated by the manufacturer of the Equipment and shall comply with all laws, ordinances, insurance policies, the Contract, any licensing or other agreement, and regulations relating to, and will pay all costs, claims, damages, fees and charges arising out of the possession, use or maintenance of the Equipment. Lessee, at its expense will keep the Equipment in good repair and furnish and/or install all parts, mechanisms, updates, upgrades and devices required therefor. 9. ALTERATIONS. Lessee will not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Equipment without Lessor's prior written consent unless such alterations, additions or improvements may be readily removed without damage to the Equipment. 10. LOCATION; INSPECTION. The Equipment will not be removed from, [or if the Equipment consists of rolling stock, its permanent base will not be changed from] the Equipment Location without Lessor's prior written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld. Lessor will be entitled to enter upon the Equipment Location or elsewhere during reasonable business hours to inspect the Equipment or observe its use and operation. 11. LIENS AND TAXES. Lessee shall keep the Equipment free and clear of all levies, liens and encumbrances. Lessee shall pay, when due, all charges and taxes (local, state and federal) which may now or hereafter be imposed upon the ownership, licensing, leasing, rental, sale, purchase, possession or use of the Equipment, excluding however, all taxes on or measured by Lessor's income. If Lessee fails to pay said charges and taxes when due, Lessor shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to pay said charges and taxes. If Lessor pays any charges or taxes, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor therefor within ten days of written demand. 12. RISK OF LOSS: DAMAGE; DESTRUCTION. Lessee assumes all risk of loss or damage to the Equipment from any cause whatsoever, and no such loss of or damage to the Equipment nor defect therein nor unfitness or obsolescence thereof shall relieve Lessee of the obligation to make Lease Payments or to perform any other obligation under this Lease. In the event of damage to any item of Equipment, Lessee will immediately place the same in good repair with the proceeds of any insurance recovery applied to the cost of such repair. If Lessor determines that any item of Equipment is lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged beyond repair (an "Event of Loss"), Lessee at the option of Lessor will: either (a) replace the same with like equipment in good repair; or (b) on the next Lease Payment date, pay Lessor the sum of: (i) all amounts then owed by Lessee to Lessor under this Lease, including the Lease payment due on such date; and (ii) an amount equal to all remaining Lease Payments to be paid during the Lease Term as set forth in Schedule B. In the event that Lessee is obligated to make such payment with respect to less than all of the Equipment, Lessor will provide Lessee with the pro rata amount of the Lease Payment and the Balance Payment (as set forth in Schedule B) to be made by Lessee with respect to that part of the Equipment which has suffered the Event of Loss. Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-6 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 13. INSURANCE. Lessee will, at its expense, maintain at all times during the Lease Term, fire and extended coverage, public liability and property damage insurance with respect to the Equipment in such amounts, covering such risks, and with such insurers as shall be satisfactory to Lessor, or, with Lessor's prior written consent, Lessee may self -insure against any or all such risks. All insurance covering loss of or damage to the Equipment shall be carried in an amount no less than the amount of the then applicable Balance Payment with respect to such Equipment. The initial amount of insurance required is set forth in Schedule B. Each insurance policy will name Lessee as an insured and Lessor or its Assignee as an additional insured, and will contain a clause requiring the insurer to give Lessor at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any alteration in the terms of such policy or the cancellation thereof. The proceeds of any such policies will be payable to Lessee and Lessor or its Assignee as their interests may appear. Upon acceptance of the Equipment and upon each insurance renewal date, Lessee will deliver to Lessor a certificate evidencing such insurance. In the event that Lessee has been permitted to self - insure, Lessee will furnish Lessor with a letter or certificate to such effect. In the event of any loss, damage, injury or accident involving the Equipment, Lessee will promptly provide Lessor with written notice thereof and make available to Lessor all information and documentation relating thereto. 14. INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall, to the extent permitted by law, indemnify Lessor against, and hold Lessor harmless from, any and all claims, actions, proceedings, expenses, damages or liabilities, including attorneys' fees and court costs, arising in connection with the Equipment, including, but not limited to, its selection, purchase, delivery, possession, use, operation, rejection, or return and the recovery of claims under insurance policies thereon. 15. ASSIGNMENT. Without Lessor's prior written consent, Lessee will not either (i) assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, grant any security interest in or otherwise dispose of this Lease or the Equipment or any interest in this Lease or the Equipment or; (ii) sublet or lend the Equipment or permit it to be used by anyone other than Lessee or Lessee's employees. Lessor may assign its rights, title and interest in and to this Lease, the Equipment and any documents executed with respect to this Lease and/or grant or assign a security interest in this Lease and the Equipment, in whole or in part. Any such assignees shall have all of the rights of Lessor under this Lease. Subject to the foregoing, this Lease inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Lessee covenants and agrees not to assert against the Assignee any claims or defenses by way of abatement, setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or the like which Lessee may have against Lessor. No assignment or reassignment of any Lessor's right, title or interest in this Lease or the Equipment shall be effective unless and until Lessee shall have received a notice of assignment, disclosing the name and address of each such assignee; provided, however, that if such assignment is made to a bank or trust company as paying or escrow agent for holders of certificates of participation in the Lease, it shall thereafter be sufficient that a copy of the agency agreement shall have been deposited with Lessee until Lessee shall have been advised that such agency agreement is no longer in effect. During the Lease Term Lessee shall keep a complete and accurate record of all such assignments in form necessary to comply with Section 149(a) of the Code, and the regulations, proposed or existing, from time to time promulgated thereunder. No further action will be required by Lessor or by Lessee to evidence the assignment, but Lessee will acknowledge such assignments in writing if so requested. After notice of such assignment, Lessee shall name the Assignee as additional insured and loss payee in any insurance policies obtained or in force. Any Assignee of Lessor may reassign this Lease and its interest in the Equipment and the Lease Payments to any other person who, thereupon, shall be deemed to be Lessor's Assignee hereunder. 16. EVENT OF DEFAULT. The term "Event of Default", as used herein, means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (i) Lessee fails to make any Lease Payment (or any other payment) as it becomes due in accordance with the terms of the Lease, and any such failure continues for ten (10) days after the due date thereof; (ii) Lessee fails to perform or observe any other covenant, condition, or agreement to be performed or observed by it hereunder and such failure is not cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof by Lessor; (iii) the discovery by Lessor that any statement, representation, or warranty made by Lessee in this Lease or in writing ever delivered by Lessee pursuant hereto or in connection herewith is false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect; (iv) proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar legislation shall be instituted against or by Lessee, or a receiver or similar officer shall be appointed for Lessee or any of its property, Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-7 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement and such proceedings or appointments shall not be vacated, or fully stayed, within twenty (20) days after the institution or occurrence thereof; or (v) an attachment, levy or execution is threatened or levied upon or against the Equipment. 17. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and as long as such Event of Default is continuing, Lessor may, at its option, exercise any one or more of the following remedies: (i) by written notice to Lessee, declare all amounts then due under the Lease, and all remaining Lease Payments due during the Fiscal Year in effect when the default occurs to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; (ii) request by written notice that Lessee promptly deliver the Equipment to Lessor or its Assignee; and (di) exercise any other right, remedy or privilege which may be available to it under applicable laws of the state of the Equipment Location or any other applicable law or proceed by appropriate court action to enforce the terms of the Lease or to recover damages for the breach of this Lease or to rescind this Lease as to any or all of the Equipment. If Lessor terminates this Lease and receives possession of the Equipment, Lessor may sell or lease the Equipment or sublease it for the account of Lessee. If the proceeds of such sale, lease or sublease are not sufficient to pay the balance of any Lease Payments or other amounts owed by Lessee under the Lease, Lessor may pursue such other remedies as are available at law or in equity to collect the balance of such Lease Payments or other amounts from Lessee's legally available funds. In addition, Lessee will remain liable for all covenants and indemnities under this Lease and for all legal fees and other costs and expenses, including court costs, incurred by Lessor with respect to the enforcement of any of the remedies listed above or any other remedy available to Lessor. 17.1. RETURN OF THE EQUIPMENT. In the event that Lessee determines to return the Equipment to Lessor or its Assignee pursuant to Section 5 or 17 hereof, Lessee agrees to transfer title to and deliver possession of the Equipment in the condition hereafter required by preparing and appropriately protecting the Equipment for shipment and, at Lessor's option, (i) surrendering the Equipment to Lessor at the Equipment Location specified in Schedule A hereto, or (ii) loading the Equipment on board such carrier as Lessor shall specify and shipping the same, freight collect, to Lessor at the place designated by Lessor. In the event of any such delivery of the Equipment to Lessor, Lessee shall execute and deliver such documents as may reasonably be required to transfer title to and possession of the Equipment to Lessor, free and clear of all liens to which the Equipment has become subject. Upon such delivery of the Equipment to Lessor, if the Equipment is damaged or otherwise made less suitable for the purposes for which it was manufactured than when delivered to Lessee (reasonable wear and tear excepted), Lessee agrees, at its option, to: (a) repair or restore such Equipment to the same condition in which it was received by Lessee (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and, at its expense, promptly return such Equipment to Lessor (or to a location identified in a written notice to Lessee) or (b) pay to Lessor the actual cost of such repair, restoration and return. There is no intent to create under any provision of this Lease a right in Lessor to involuntarily dispossess Lessee of the legal title to or the use of the Equipment. Lessor hereby irrevocably waives any right to specific performance of any covenant of Lessee to transfer legal title to and return possession of the Equipment. 18. PURCHASE OPTION. Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice from Lessee to Lessor, and provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or no event, which with notice or lapse of time, or both could become an Event of Default, then exists, Lessee will have the right to purchase the Equipment on the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule B by paying to Lessor, on such date, the Lease Payment then due together with the Balance Payment amount set forth opposite such date. Upon satisfaction by Lessee of such purchase conditions, Lessor will transfer any and all of its right, title and interest in the Equipment to Lessee as is, without warranty, express or implied, except that the Equipment is free and clear of any liens created by Lessor. 19. NOTICES. All notices to be given under this Lease shall be made in writing and mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested or sent electronically via email, to the other party at its address set forth herein or at such address as the party may provide in writing or electronically from time to time. If mailed, any such notice shall be deemed to have been received five days subsequent to such mailing. Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-8 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 20. SECTION HEADINGS. All section headings contained herein are for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of any provision of this Lease. 21. GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by the laws of, the state of the Equipment Location. 22. DELIVERY OF RELATED DOCUMENTS. Lessee will execute or provide, as requested by Lessor, such other documents and information as are reasonably necessary with respect to the transaction contemplated by this Lease. 23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; WAIVER. This Lease, together with Schedule A Equipment Lease - Purchase Agreement, Schedule B, Evidence of Insurance, Statement of Essential Use/Source of Funds, Certificate of Incumbency, Certified Lessee Resolution (if any), Information Return for Tax -Exempt Governmental Obligations and the Delivery and Acceptance Certificate and other attachments hereto, and other documents or instruments executed by Lessee and Lessor in connection herewith, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Lease of the Equipment, and this Lease shall not be modified, amended, altered, or changed except with the written consent of Lessee and Lessor. Any provision of this Lease, which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lessee and Lessor hereby waive any provision of law that prohibits or renders unenforceable any provision of this Lease in any respect. The waiver by Lessor of any breach by Lessee of any term, covenant or condition hereof shall not operate as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof. 24. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, either electronically or manually, all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Lessor reserves the right to request receipt of a manually -executed counterpart from Lessee. Lessor and Lessee agree that the only original counterpart for purposes of perfection by possession shall be the original counterpart manually executed by Lessor and identified as "Original", regardless of whether Lessee's execution or delivery of said counterpart is done manually or electronically. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 20th day of June , 2025 LESSEE: LESSOR: CITY OF MIAMI MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. By: By: Name: Name: Uygar Gazioglu Title: Title: Treasurer Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-9 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY do hereby certify that I am the duly elected or (Printed Name of Secretary/Clerk) appointed and acting Secretary or Clerk of CITY OF MIAMI, an entity duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida that I have custody of the records of such entity, and that, as of the date hereof, the individual(s) executing this agreement is/are the duly elected or appointed officer(s) of such entity holding the office(s) below his/her/their respective name(s). I further certify that (i) the signature(s) set forth above his/her/their respective name(s) and title(s) is/are his/her/their true and authentic signature(s) and (ii) such officer(s) have the authority on behalf of such entity to enter into that certain Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number25668 between CITY OF MIAMI and Motorola Solutions, Inc. If the initial insurance requirement on Schedule B exceeds $1,000,000, attached as part of the Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement is a Certified Lessee Resolution adopted by the governing body of the entity. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate his day of June 2025. By: (Signature of Secretary/Clerk) OPINION OF COUNSEL With respect to that certain Equipment Lease -Purchase Agreement # 25668 by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and the Lessee, I am of the opinion that: (i) the Lessee is, within the meaning of Section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a state or a fully constituted political subdivision or agency of the State of the Equipment Location described in Schedule A hereto; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of the Lease have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Lessee, (III) the Lease constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee enforceable in accordance with its terms; and (iv) Lessee has sufficient monies available to make all payments required to be paid under the Lease during the current fiscal year of the Lease, and such monies have been properly budgeted and appropriated for this purpose in accordance with State law. This opinion may be relied upon by the Lessor and any assignee of the Lessor's rights under the Lease. Attorney for CITY OF MIAMI Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-10 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 SCHEDULE A EQUIPMENT LEASE -PURCHASE AGREEMENT Schedule A 25668 Lease Number: This Equipment Schedule is hereby attached to and made a part of that certain Equipment Lease -Purchase Agreement Number 25668 ("Lease"), between Lessor and CITY OF MIAMI, Lessee. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee under and pursuant to the Lease, and Lessee hereby accepts and leases from Lessor under and pursuant to the Lease, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease and upon the terms set forth below, the following items of Equipment QUANTITY DESCRIPTION (Manufacturer, Model, and Serial Nos.) Refer to attached Equipment List. Equipment Location: Initial Term: 84 Months Commencement Date: July1 2025 First Payment Due Date: July 1, 2026 7 annual payments as outlined in the attached Schedule B, plus Sales/Use Tax of $0.00, payable on the Lease Payment Dates set forth in Schedule B. Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-11 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement City of Miami (Schedule B 25668) Compound Period: Annual Nominal Annual Rate: 4.460% CASH FLOW DATA Event Date Amount Number Period End Date 1 Lease 7/1/2025 $ 17,750,932.00 1 2 Lease Payment 7/1/2026 $ 3,007,951.19 7 Annual 7/1/2032 AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE - Normal Amortization, 360 Day Year Date Lease Payment Interest Principal Balance Lease 7/1/2025 $ 17,750,932.00 1 7/1/2026 $ 3, 007, 951.19 $ 791, 691.57 $ 2, 216, 259.62 $ 15,534,672.38 2 7/1/2027 $ 3,007,951.19 $ 692,846.39 $ 2,315,104.80 $ 13,219,567.58 3 7/1/2028 $ 3,007,951.19 $ 589,592.71 $ 2,418,358.48 $ 10,801,209.10 4 5 7/1/2029 7/1/2030 $ 3,007,951.19 $ 481,733.93 $ 2,526,217.26 $ 8,274,991.84 $ 3,007,951.19 $ 369,064.64 $ 2, 638, 886.55 $ 5,636,105.29 6 7/1/2031 $ 3,007,951.19 $ 251,370.30 $ 2,756,580.89 $ 2,879,524.40 7 7/1/2032 $ 3,007,951.19 $ 128,426.79 $ 2, 879, 524.40 Grand Totals $ 21,055,658.33 $ 3,304,726.33 $ 17,750,932.00 INITIAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENT: $17,750,932.00 Except as specifically provided in Section five of the Lease hereof, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor or its assignee the Lease Payments, including the interest portion, in the amounts and dates specified in the above payment schedule. Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-12 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE Fire, extended coverage, public liability and property damage insurance for all of the Equipment listed on Schedule A number 25668 to that Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number 25668 will be maintained by CITY OF MIAMI as stated in the Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement. This insurance is provided by: Name of insurance provider Address of insurance provider City, State and Zip Code Phone number of local insurance provider E-mail address In accordance with the Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement Number 25668 , Lessee hereby certifies that following coverage are or will be in full force and effect: Type Fire and Extended Coverage Amount Effective Expiration Policy Date Date Number Property Damage Public Liability Certificate shall include the following: Description: All Equipment listed on Schedule A number 25668 to that Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number25668. Please include equipment cost equal to the Initial Insurance Requirement on Schedule B to Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement number 25668 and list any deductibles Certificate Holder: MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC. and or its assignee as additional insured and loss payee 1303 E. Algonquin Road Schaumburg, IL 60196 If self -insured, contact Motorola representative for template of self-insurance letter. Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-13 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement STATEMENT OF ESSENTIAL USE/SOURCE OF FUNDS To further understand the essential governmental use intended for the equipment together with an understanding of the sources from which payments will be made, please address the following questions by completing this form or by sending a separate letter: 1. What is the specific use of the equipment? 2. Why is the equipment essential to the operation of CITY OF MIAMI? 3. Does the equipment replace existing equipment? If so, why is the replacement being made? 4. Is there a specific cost justification for the new equipment? If yes, please attach outline of justification. 5. What is the expected source of funds for the payments due under the Lease for the current fiscal year and future fiscal years? Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-14 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 EQUIPMENT LEASE PURCHASE AGREEMENT DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE The undersigned Lessee hereby acknowledges receipt of the Equipment described below ("Equipment") and Lessee hereby accepts the Equipment after full inspection thereof as satisfactory for all purposes of lease Schedule A to the Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement executed by Lessee and Lessor. Equipment Lease Purchase Agreement No.: 25668 Lease Schedule A No.: 25668 EQUIPMENT INFORMATION QUANTITY MODEL NUMBER EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION Equipment referenced in lease Schedule A#25668. See Schedule A for a detailed Equipment List. Lease Purchase Agreement LESSEE: CITY OF MIAMI By: Date: © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-15 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement CERTIFIED LESSEE RESOLUTION At a duly called meeting of the Governing Body of the Lessee (as defined in the Lease 25668) held on (Insert Date) June , 2025, the following resolution was introduced and adopted. BE IT RESOLVED by the Governing Board of Lessee as follows: Determination of Need. The Governing Body of Lessee has determined that a true and very real need exists for the acquisition of the Equipment or other personal property described in the Lease between CITY OF MIAMI (Lessee) and Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Lessor). 1. Approval and Authorization. The Governing body of Lessee has determined that the Lease, substantially in the form presented to this meeting, is in the best interests of the Lessee for the acquisition of such Equipment or other personal property, and the Governing Board hereby approves the entering into of the Lease by the Lessee and hereby designates and authorizes the following person(s) referenced in the Lease to execute and deliver the Lease on Lessee's behalf with such changes thereto as such person deems appropriate, and any related documents, including any escrow agreement, necessary to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Lease. 2. Adoption of Resolution. The signatures in the Lease from the designated individuals for the Governing Body of the Lessee evidence the adoption by the Governing Body of this Resolution. Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-16 City of Miami, FL APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement April 18, 2025 Form 8038—G (Rev. September 2018) Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Part I Information Return for Tax -Exempt Governmental Bonds ► Under Internal Revenue Code section 149(e) ► See separate instructions. Caution: If the issue price is under$100,000, use Form 8038-GC. ► Go to www.irs.gov/F8038G for instructions and the latest information. OMB No. 1545- 0720 n Reporting Authority If Amended Return, check here 1 Issuer's name CITY OF MIAMI 2 Issuer's employer identification number (EIN) 3a Name of person (other than issuer) with whom the IRS may communicate about this return (see instructions) 3b Telephone number of other person shown on 3a 4 Number and street (or P.O. box if mail is not delivered to street address) 444 SW 2nd Ave Room/suite 5 Report number (For IRS Use Only) 3 6 City, town, or post office, state, and ZIP code Miami FL 33130 7/1/25 8 Name of issue Equipment Lease -Purchase Agreement 25668 9 CUSIP number None 10a Name and title of officer or other employee of the issuer whom the IRS may call for more information (see instructions) 10b Telephone number of officer or other employee shown on 10a Part II Type of Issue (enter the issue price). See the instructions and attach schedule. 11 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Health and hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Public safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Environment (including sewage bonds) 16 Housing 17 Utilities 18 Other. Describe ► 11 12 13 14 17,750,932.00 15 16 17 18 19a b 20 If bonds are TANs or RANs, check only box 19a IN ► If bonds are BANs, check only box 19b ■ ► If bonds are in the form of a lease or installment sale, check box ■►x Part III Description of Bonds. Complete for the entire issue for which this form is being filed. (a) Final maturity date (b) Issue price (c) Stated redemption price at maturity (d) Weighted average maturity (e) Yield 21 7/1/32 17,750,932.00 Na 7 years 4 . 4 6 % Part IV Uses of Proceeds of Bond Issue (including underwriters' discount) NA 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Proceeds used for credit enhancement allocated to reasonably required reserve or replacement fund used to refund prior tax-exempt bonds. Complete Part V . . . Proceeds used to refund prior taxable bonds. Complete Part V . . . . 28 Total (add lines 24 through 28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non -refunding proceeds of the issue (subtract line 29 from line 23 and enter amount here) . . . Proceeds used for accrued interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Issue price of entire issue (enter amount from line 21, column (b)) . . . . . . . . . . . Proceeds used for bond issuance costs (including underwriters' discount) 24 Proceeds . Proceeds 25 22 26 27 Part V 23 29 30 Description of Refunded Bonds. Complete this part only for refunding bonds.N/A 31 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the tax-exempt bonds to be refunded . ► 32 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the taxable bonds to be refunded . . . . ► years 33 Enter the last date on which the refunded tax-exempt bonds will be called (MM/DD/YYYY) . . ► Lease Purchase Agreement years © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-17 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 34 Enter the date(s) the refunded bonds were issued ► (MM/DD/YYYY) For Paperwork Reduction Act Notice, see separate instructions. Cat. No. 63773S Form 8038-G (Rev. 9-2018) Form 8038-G (Rev. 9- 2018) Page 2 Part VI Miscellaneous 35 Enter the amount of the state volume cap allocated to the issue under section 141(b)(5) . . . 1 .35 36a Enter the amount of gross proceeds invested or to be invested in a guaranteed investment contract (GIC). See instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . b Enter the final maturity date of the GIC ► (MM/DD/YYYY) c Enter the name of the GIC provider ► 37 Pooled financings: Enter the amount of the proceeds of this issue that are to be used to make loans to other governmental units . . . . . . . . . . . . 36a 37 38a If this issue is a loan made from the proceeds of another tax-exempt issue, check boo- and enter the following information: b Enter the date of the master pool bond ► (MM/DD/YYYY) c Enter the EIN of the issuer of the master pool bond ► d Enter the name of the issuer of the master pool bond ► 39 If the issuer has designated the issue under section 265(b)(3)(B)(i)(I II) (small issuer exception), check box 40 If the issuer has elected to pay a penalty in lieu of arbitrage rebate, check box 41a If the issuer has identified a hedge, check helEe]► and enter the following information: b Name of hedge provider ► c Type of hedge ► d Term of hedge ► 42 If the issuer has superintegrated the hedge, check box 43 If the issuer has established written procedures to ensure that all nonqualified bonds of this issue are remediated according to the requirements under the Code and Regulations (see instructions), check box 44 If the issuer has established written procedures to monitor the requirements of section 148, check box Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-18 City of Miami, FL April 18, 2025 APX NEXT Police and APX NEXT XE Fire Portable Smart Radios & ASTRO Core for SmartConnect Enablement 45a If some portion of the proceeds was used to reimburse expenditures, check here and enter the amount of reimbursement ► b Enter the date the official intent was adopted ► (MM/DD/YYYY) Under pen belief, they this return, a!ties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this return and accompanying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and are true, correct, and complete. I further declare that I consent to the IRS's disclosure of the issuer's return information, as necessary to process to the person that I have authorized above. Signature and Consent Signature of Authorized Representative Date Tit le Paid Preparer Signature Lease Purchase Agreement © MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Page 12-19